| LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. I 
 
 ;4 
 ft 
 
 ft 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 | UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 
 
AN 
 
 EASY GUIDE 
 
 7 : THE 
 
 GERMAN LANGUAGE 
 
 A NEW COURSE OF INSTRUCTION. 
 
 GEE M A X 
 
 A SHORT TIME. 
 
 J. .<?. EEISEXDER. Ph. Doc. 
 
 :■:. 
 
 I 
 
 LONDON ; 
 DCLAU AND CO.. SOHO SQUARE. 
 
 r.XLrv 
 

 p? 
 
 ^ 
 
|i[ri | i'i'l | i 1 riTiT'T |! 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 This little work is neither a grammar, a dictionary, 
 a series of selections, a vocabulary, nor a volume of 
 dialogues and conversations, In taking it up, the 
 reader must not expect it to introduce him to all the 
 detail to be met with in Adelung, Noehden, or Grimm. 
 Its object and aim are to ease the labour and econo- 
 mise the time of those beginning to learn German. 
 The first three chapters contain sound theoretical and 
 practical instruction, calculated to give the young 
 student clear and correct ideas of pronunciation, de- 
 clension, conjugation, literal, interlinear, and free 
 translation, syntax and construction. 
 
 These, together with the two chapters of Familiar, 
 Idiomatical, and Mercantile Phraseology, at the end 
 of the book, will enable him, with a very moderate 
 share of the assistance of a competent master, to read, 
 write, and speak German in a short time, when he 
 will be prepared for the attainment of any degree of 
 perfection at which he may feel desirous of aiming 
 in the language and literature of Germany. 
 
 The Author. 
 
 London. May, 1844. 
 
ERRATUM. 
 
 Page 92, eight lines from bottom, for " German propositions" read 
 "German prepositions" 
 
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 In pronunciation and provincial peculiarities of every 
 description, Germany has as many Yorkshires and 
 Lancashires, &c, as any nation in Europe. This 
 fact will enable the intelligent reader to account for 
 the discrepancies published in German grammars on 
 the sounds and powers of different elements in the 
 German alphabet. In the pronunciation of these, 
 however, natives of England cannot do better than 
 follow the directions given in this work, disregarding 
 in toto the verbiage of those who say that b, at the 
 end of German words takes the hard sound of t, and 
 thus teach their pupils to transform Sob into Xot, 
 Jtmb into Mint, tmb into unt, SJiunb into SKunt, SSJJonb 
 into gjfont, ©lieb into ©iter, &c. &c. 
 
 The letter b has the same sound and power in 
 German as in Dutch, French, Italian, Latin, Portu- 
 guese, and English words. 
 
 In the pronunciation of the letter §, the studenr 
 who may endeavour to teach himself may be guided 
 by the note at the bottom of page 4. The only ad- 
 dition to be made at present to the instruction con- 
 tained in that note is this :- — §, followed by a consonant, 
 is occasionally articulated like sh in English, ch in 
 French, and sc in Italian words ; but in the second 
 person of some verbs, and at the end of superlative^ 
 
VI 
 
 in jie, the ft preserves the articulation it has in state, 
 standard, &c. 
 
 In German, as in English, Dutch, Danish, Swed- 
 ish, Norwegian, Icelandic, and other various lan- 
 guages and dialects, verbs have only four simple 
 tenses, viz. two in the indicative mood, and two in 
 the subjunctive mood. In all these languages, the 
 future and conditional tenses are not simple, but 
 compound forms, obtained by placing certain tenses 
 of some auxiliary or helping verb before the infinitive 
 mood of another verb. 
 
 In German, the present tense of the indicative of 
 the verb roerbett is used to form the future tense, 
 while the imperfect tense of the subjunctive mood 
 of the same verb is employed in the formation of the 
 conditional tense. For this reason these two tenses 
 only of voetben are given in this work, pages 25, 26, 
 and 27, almost immediately before the introduction 
 of the future and conditional tenses, pages 28 and 29. 
 
 The potential mood, as defined by English gram- 
 marians, has no existence in the northern languages 
 of Europe, nor is such a mood either known among 
 or acknowledged by German, Dutch, Swedish, or 
 Danish grammarians. It has been allowed to appear 
 in the present publication for the sake of conforming, 
 in some measure, to the notions entertained on this 
 point by native writers on English grammar, and in 
 order to elicit such further attention to this subject as 
 those whom it more particularly concerns may think 
 proper to bestow upon it. 
 
 The conditional tense, which in this work has been 
 called the " Conditional Mood," is not a part of the 
 subjunctive mood, as some contend, but a compound 
 
Vll 
 
 form of the verb in all the northern languages of the 
 Indo-Germanic family, that might, perhaps, with more 
 propriety be termed the imperfect, or second form of 
 the future tense. 
 
 This must become evident to any person who will 
 take the trouble to compare the two simple tenses 
 of the French, Italian, Spanish, and Portuguese sub- 
 junctive mood with the future and conditional tenses 
 of the same languages, In each of these languages, 
 the future tense is a separate and distinct form of 
 the verb, produced by a change in its termination, 
 and so is the conditional tense ; and the forms of these 
 two tenses, in the language of each of these four 
 sections of the European Continent, are very different 
 from either the present or the imperfect tense of the 
 subjunctive mood. 
 
 Regular active German verbs are conjugated like 
 the regular neuter verb fcfyerjen (p. 45). Thus, loben, 
 to praise : — 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Present Tense. 
 3ct) lobe/ eu fobfti er lobt ; toil lobeti/ tyi lebet/ fie loben. 
 
 Imperfect Tense, 
 3$ lobte/ bu lebteft, er lobte 3 toil lebten, tyt [obtet, fie lobten. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 Present Tense. 
 3d) lobe, bu lobeft, er lobe 3 rotr loben, tyr iobei, }it (oben. 
 
 Imp ei feet Tense, 
 
 3* (obete/ bu lebeteft, er (obetej mix lobeten, tbr lofretet, fie 
 iobeten. 
 
Vlll 
 
 Future Tense. 
 3cf) roerbe loben, bu rairft loben, er nrirb loben ; wtu rcerben 
 loben/ ttjr roerbet loben/ fte roerben loben. 
 
 Conditional Tense. 
 3rf) tturbe loben/ bu rcurbeft loben/ cu nmrben loben 5 wir ixmrben 
 loben/ tyr routbet loben/ fte rcurben loben. 
 
 Pres. Part. — lobenb. Past Part. — gelobt. 
 
 German passive verbs are formed by means of the 
 simple tenses of the verb Herbert, and the past parti- 
 ciple of the active verb. Thus, id) werbe gelobt, I am 
 praised ; id) rourbe gelobt, I was praised, and so on, 
 for the other persons and tenses. 
 
 German irregular verbs may be divided into six 
 classes. The first class contains only fen, of which 
 the following are the radical monosyllables: bad, 
 fafyr, grab, lab, maty, fcfyaff, fcfylag, trag, roacfyS, roafd). 
 With the exception of mafyl, the radical vowel a is 
 changed into u in the imperfect tense of the indicative 
 mood ; hence in that tense they make buf, fufer, grub, 
 tub, fcfyuff, fcfylug, trug, wucfyS, roufcfy. The imperfect 
 tense of the subjunctive mood is formed by changing 
 the u of the imperfect of the indicative into u, and 
 adding e to the final consonant, thus: bitcfe, fufyre, 
 grube, tube, fdjuffe, fcfyluge, truge, rpuc^fe, wufdje. Each 
 of these verbs takes the augment ge in the past 
 participle, retaining the radical monosyllable and the 
 termination of the infinitive mood : as, ge^bac?-en, 
 ge^fafyr^en, ge-grab-en, ge^lab-en, ge^maf)Uen, ge-fd)afj^ 
 en, ge^fd)lag-en, ge-trag^en, ge-wad)^en, ge-wafcr^eiu 
 These verbs also contain the radical monosyllable 
 in the imperative mood, to which e is added to form 
 the second person singular, as given in the list. The 
 
IX 
 
 irregularity of the present tense of the indicative, 
 consists in changing the radical vowel a into a in 
 the second and third persons singular. The present 
 tense of the subjunctive mood of irregular verbs is 
 always regular, 
 
 The second class contains fourteen verbs, of which 
 the following are the radical monosyllables : — bld§, 
 brat, faf>, fait, i)ang, lag, rati), falj, fcplaf, fpalt, i)au, 
 lauf/ ruf, ftof, fang, ^alt* The imperfect tense of 
 the indicative mood of these verbs is formed by 
 changing the radical vowel a into ie and i : fyang and 
 fang are the only themes in this list which change 
 a into t in the imperfect tense. Hence they make 
 blte§, brief, (fat) has no imperfect tense) ft el, i)tng, 
 Hep, rtetl), ftyltef, l)ieb, lief, rief, ftte£, ftng, f)ielt. 
 @aljen and fpatten are irregular throughout, except in 
 the past participle. Sjauzn is regular in the present 
 tense of the indicative mood. The radical mono- 
 syllable is retained in the past participle of each 
 of this class of irregulars, and preceded by the aug- 
 ment ge, as in the first class, thus : — ge-blaf-en, ges 
 brazen, ge-fa^en, ge-falUen, ge^ang-en, ge^laff^en, 
 ge^rat^en, gesfalj-en, gesfdjlafcen, ge^fpalteen, ge^f)au- 
 en, ge4auf-en, ge^tufcen, ge-ftoj^en, ge-fang~en, ge- 
 fyalt^en. Like the first class, these verbs also retain 
 the radical monosyllable in the imperative mood, and 
 add e to it ; they likewise form their second and third 
 persons singular of the present tense of the indicative 
 mood by changing the radical vowel a or o into a or 
 6, as in the first list. 
 
 The third class contains thirteen verbs, of which 
 the following are the radical monosyllables : — 1% frep, 
 geb, *ne8, ^fd)el), leg, me£, fety, tret, sgeg, bitt, lieg, fife 
 
The imperfect tense of these verbs is formed by 
 changing the radical vowels e and i into a : as, a$, 
 frag, gab, ge^na§, ge^fcfyafy, la§, maf, faf), trat, ser^gafj, 
 bat, lag, fap. These verbs retain the radical e in the 
 past participle, and take the augment ge: thus, ge- 
 geffcen, gc^freff-en, ge^geb-en, ge-nefcen, ge^e^en, 
 ge-lefcen, ge^mefj^en, ge-fe^en, ge^tret^en, tter^geff-en, 
 ge^bet^en, ge^leg^en. ©e-nefcen, bitten, lieg^en, and 
 ]t^en, are regular in the present tense of the indica- 
 tive mood. They are also regular in the imperative 
 mood, and, therefore, make genefe, bitte, liege, and 
 ft^e, in the second person singular. 
 
 The fourth class contains thirty-nine verbs. The radi- 
 cal concretive of these is ei, which is changed into t in 
 the imperfect tense and in the past participle. Each 
 of these verbs is regular in the present tense of the 
 indicative and in the imperative mood. Their radical 
 monosyllables are : — fieif , betf , bletcf), gtetd), gleit, gretf, 
 reif, fnetf, fneip, letb, pfeif, retj*, reft, fcfyletd), fcfyleif, 
 fcfyleijj, fcfymei^, fdmeib, fdjreit, ftteicfy, jlreit, miti), bletb, 
 -betf), lety, meib, preiS, reib, fd)eib, fcfyem, fcfytetb, ferret, 
 fc^roeig, fpei, jleig, treib, n>ei§, jety, l)ei£L 
 
 With the exception of be^fietf^en, all the verbs of this 
 class take the augment ge in the past participle : as, ge^ 
 biffcen, &c. 
 
 The fifth class contains forty-nine verbs, each of 
 which changes its radical vowel, or concretive, into o 
 in the imperfect tense and in the past participle. 
 Their radical monosyllables are:— Meg, Met, flieg, 
 fliel), flieg, frier, *nie£, fried), ftyfeb, fd)ie£, fd)lie£, 
 fcfcnieb, fieb, fipriefj, jiieb, trief, trug, ^btie£, 4ier, uneg, 
 jtef), fauf, fcfynaub, fcfyraub, glimm, flimm, flemm, *roeg, 
 fed?t, flecfyt, ^eb, meif, pfleg, quell, fdjer, fcfymelj, fc&well, 
 
XI 
 
 mb, gd^r, fdbwar, »dg, [ijwbx, lofd), fcfyatt. With the 
 exception of those compounded with be and set, the 
 past participle of these verbs takes the augment ge : 
 as, ge-boteen, ge^flob-en, &c. 
 
 The sixth class contains forty-two verbs, fourteen 
 of which change their radical vowel i into it, while 
 the rest change their radical e into o, in the past 
 participle, and all have a in the imperfect tense of 
 the indicative, and d in the imperfect of the subjunc- 
 tive mood. Their radical monosyllables are : — binb, 
 bring, ftnb, 4tng, fling, ring, filing, fcfynnnb, ftng, finf, 
 fprtng, trinf, rrunb, jrctng, -ginn, -roinn, rinn, fdutnmm, 
 firm, sfeljt, berg, berft, brefd), ^bdr, gelt, bred), belf, nefym, 
 fcfyeit, feared, fpred), fied), jlecf, ftebt, jlerb, trejf, =berb, 
 rcerb, rcerb, rcerf* 
 
 With the exception of be-ginn^en, be-fefyUen, emp^ 
 fef)Uen, and fler^berb^en, each of these verbs takes the 
 augment ge in the past participle, as ge-bunb-en, ge- 
 brofd)-en, &c. 
 
 For a more detailed account of German verbs, the 
 student is referred to the fifth and sixth chapters of 
 the first part of " Every Englishman his own German 
 Master." In the former, the irregular verbs are 
 conjugated at full length ; and in the latter there is a 
 complete development of the nature and formation of 
 German verbs and substantives. 
 
 German construction, the theory of which the 
 student will find in the third chapter of this book, is 
 not natural but scientific ; it is a servile imitation of 
 the Latin construction, introduced at first in the sus- 
 tained style of the bar, and of public business, whence 
 it passed into the ordinary language of the people, and 
 into common life. 
 
Xll 
 
 In using this part of the work, each rule and exam- 
 ple should be committed to memory, and reference be 
 made to such portions of the practical application of 
 the theory as bear immediately upon the rule. More- 
 over, each example ought to be considered as a model 
 sentence, by which the student is to construct, write, 
 and speak other sentences. 
 
 The Familiar, Idiomatical, and Mercantile Phrase- 
 logy in the two last chapters, should be studied in the 
 same manner. 
 
 By a strict adherence to the directions given for 
 using this book, the student will make more solid pro- 
 gress in a few weeks than he would be able to make 
 in as many months, by pursuing a different course in 
 his endeavours to acquire a knowledge of German. 
 
 In conclusion, the student should not omit learning 
 to write the German character. 
 
TME GERMAN AiyPHABET. 
 
 CAPITAL LETTERS. 
 
 c 
 
 //.. % J, -I 
 
 dz 
 
 x 
 
 B C 
 
 Mm 4. 3 1 discern 
 
 J K 
 
 f 
 
 L M 
 
 '/__ //, 
 
 U 
 
 P / Q R S 
 
 W^PCh. -2. 
 
 W X 
 
 n ; 
 3. 
 
 / 
 1 
 
 
 SMALL LETTERS 
 
 c d. 
 
 \\ . 
 
 4? 
 
 /VW, AV, /V, \ , sty, K\ 
 
 TLT XL O 
 
 O , 
 
 s 
 
 t 
 
 //, 
 
 ^ 
 
 v 
 
 
 UMLAUTE OR MODIFIED VOWELS 
 
 V 17 
 
 \ 
 
 r , vt -11 , 
 
 Oe 
 
 Ue 
 
 1 
 
 ^ 2 . «C 
 
 DOUBLE CONSONANTS. 
 
 1 / , KA 
 
 ff 
 
 ss 
 
 / 
 
 .sr 
 
 / 
 
THE ALPHABET Effl&MPUFIMX 
 
 THE LORDS PRAYER 
 FROM LUTHER'S TRANSLATION OF THE BIBLE 
 
 a>, 
 
 OH*^Pty _Si Ti 1'PtsH/' ^t^O^t^t^t/tt^ ^Py^iy^U^t^^l^tplfT. 
 
 h/11^ 1 1& I 1i I * J I '■ ' 
 
 ^ti^^t^py^u^ /Pispt 6 \ 17^-pp^ 
 <^Pu^^pi^ ^p^/p^pp^^p^i//- /Pyn v 
 
 5 
 yp^H^r-pp^ 
 
 c->^ c 1^11/ 1 111 1 l/^lw 
 
 
 ^p-pi/ y^t^^fy&ispj^ 
 
EASY GUIDE 
 
 TO THE 
 
 GERMAN LANGUAGE. 
 
 
 THE 
 
 ALPHABET 
 
 
 
 Characters. 
 
 Sounds. P( 
 
 )wers. 
 
 Characters. 
 
 Sounds 
 
 Powers 
 
 21 a 
 
 ah 
 
 a 
 
 & 
 
 o J 
 
 
 
 t a i 
 3Ce a J 
 
 
 
 Dc 
 
 oeu, (jeu, vceu 
 
 ) oe 
 
 a 
 
 ae 
 
 $ 
 
 P 
 
 "pa 
 
 P 
 
 25 b 
 
 ba 
 
 b 
 
 
 tf 
 
 pa ef 
 
 Pf 
 
 6 c 
 
 tsa 
 
 c 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 pa hah 
 
 ph 
 
 * 
 
 tsa hah 
 
 ch 
 
 £l 
 
 q 
 
 coo 
 
 q 
 
 cf 
 
 tsa hah 
 
 ck 
 
 m 
 
 r 
 
 err 
 
 r 
 
 £> b 
 
 da 
 
 d 
 
 Q 
 
 f« 
 
 ess 
 
 s 
 
 e e 
 
 eh 
 
 e 
 
 ©d) fcb 
 
 ess tsa hah 
 
 sell 
 
 S f 
 
 ef 
 
 f 
 
 
 fff 
 
 ess ess 
 
 ss 
 
 ff 
 
 efef 
 
 ff 
 
 
 ft 
 
 ess ta 
 
 St 
 
 © 8 
 
 gha 
 
 g 
 
 S 
 
 t 
 
 ta 
 
 t 
 
 £ I) 
 
 hah 
 
 h 
 
 3$ 
 
 ft 
 
 ta hah 
 
 th 
 
 3 i 
 
 e 
 
 i 
 
 £5 
 
 6 
 
 ta tset 
 
 tz 
 
 3 i 
 
 yott 
 
 J 
 
 U 
 
 u 
 
 00 
 
 u 
 
 it i 
 
 hah 
 
 k 
 
 Ue 
 
 u 
 
 u (rue, vue) 
 
 ue 
 
 8 I 
 
 ell 
 
 1 
 
 S3 
 
 
 
 f ho it- 
 
 V 
 
 a 
 
 ell ell 
 
 11 
 
 SB 
 
 w 
 
 va 
 
 w 
 
 3R m 
 
 em 
 
 m 
 
 3E 
 
 * 
 
 eehs 
 
 X 
 
 91 n 
 
 en 
 
 n 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 eepselon 
 
 y 
 
 .0 
 
 oh 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 tset 
 
 z 
 
CHAPTER I. 
 
 PRONUNCIATION, DECLENSION, CONJUGA- 
 TION OF THE SIMPLE TENSES OF VERBS, 
 EXERCISES IN LITERAL, INTERLINEAR, 
 AND FREE TRANSLATION, &c. &c. 
 
 The simple vowels, a, it i f r;, o, \x, are pronounced as 
 follows : — 
 
 %, when long, like a m the English word bar, in the 
 French word has, and in the Italian verb dare. As exam- 
 ples the student may take, libenb, evening ; SSatet"/ father ; 
 2i bel, nobility. 
 
 In each of the above German words, the a has a long 
 quantity.* When this German vowel is short, it is pro- 
 nounced like a in the English words glass, pass, grass, &c. 
 As examples the student may take, bacBen, to bake ; mad)en/ 
 to make, &c. 
 
 The German C/ when long, is sounded like the English a 
 in fate, hate, late, &c. ; and like the English e in the words 
 met, pet, yet, &c, when its quantity is short. 
 
 It is, moreover, to be observed, that this e is never mute 
 or silent in German, except when immediately preceded in 
 the same syllable by the vowel i, in which situation e loses 
 its own sound, and lengthens that of i, which is then equi- 
 valent to the English double e, in the words meet, street, 
 fleet, &e. 
 
 I have now said sufficient respecting the sounds and 
 powers of the German vowels a, e and i, to justify me in 
 introducing the student to the definite article, which is de- 
 clined thus : — 
 
 * As a general rule for the pronunciation of the vowels and diph- 
 thongs in the German language, it may be observed that they have 
 a long quantity when followed by one consonant only, and a short 
 quantity when followed by two or more consonants. 
 
Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 JYeftf. 
 
 P/z*r. for all genders, 
 
 N. bet 
 
 bie 
 
 ba§ 
 
 bit, the 
 
 G. beg 
 
 bee 
 
 bes 
 
 ber^ of the 
 
 D. bem 
 
 tec 
 
 bem 
 
 bem to the 
 
 A. ten 
 
 bio 
 
 cas 
 
 bie# the. 
 
 This is the most perfect specimen of declension in the 
 German language, and that according to which ail German 
 adjectives, present and past participles, as well as all relative, 
 possessive, demonstrative, and indefinite pronouns are de- 
 clined. 
 
 The definite article owes its origin to the three personal 
 pronouns, zt, he ; \ie, she ; €6/ it. The terminations — 
 
 Masc, 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Xeut. 
 
 Plur 
 
 . for all genders, 
 
 X. er 
 
 e 
 
 e£ 
 
 
 e 
 
 G. ee 
 
 er 
 
 e$ 
 
 
 er 
 
 D. em 
 
 er 
 
 em 
 
 
 en 
 
 A. en 
 
 e 
 
 eg 
 
 
 tt 
 
 affixed to any one of the above-mentioned parts of speech, 
 will give its declension in the different cases and numbers. 
 This view not only explains the theory of German declen- 
 sion, but is, in fact, the substance of all the declension that 
 has any real existence in the German language, with the 
 sole exception of that which is peculiar to the personal pro- 
 nouns, to be given hereafter. 
 
 ©ut/ good ; wetfJi white ; Itebenb/ loving ; ap\etyct$ learned ; 
 gebtlber, educated ; tretdfv* who, which; mein, my ; betiij thy ; 
 fetti/ his ; bteS/ this ; jen, that; job/ each, every ; Eein, no one, 
 none, and fold)/ such, are adjectives, present and past parti- 
 ciples, relative, possessive, demonstrative and indefinite pro- 
 nouns, which the student will be able to decline at once, bv 
 
 * In the German language, d) and Q f initial, medial and final, have 
 peculiarities of sound which can only be acquired by imitating the 
 pronunciation of a competent master. Those, however, who are 
 acquainted with the gutteral aspirate sounds of the Romaic, Turkish, 
 Hebrew, Arabic. Persian, Coptic, Sanscrit, Spanish, Welch, Irish, or 
 even with the sound of chin the word Lochlomond. will experience no 
 difficulty in acquiring the pronunciation of the German characters. 
 
affixing to them the above terminations, as given in the 
 different cases. The adjective, therefore, he will decline 
 thus : — 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 for 
 
 all genders. 
 
 N. 
 
 gutter 
 
 e 
 
 eg 
 
 
 
 e 
 
 G. 
 
 e£ 
 
 er 
 
 eg 
 
 
 
 er 
 
 D. 
 
 em 
 
 er 
 
 em 
 
 
 
 en 
 
 A. 
 
 en 
 
 e 
 
 eg 
 
 
 
 e. 
 
 This example will show the student that the nominative 
 and accusative cases singular, feminine and plural of all 
 genders are the same ; that the genitive and dative cases 
 singular feminine are alike ; that the genitive plural of the 
 three genders is the same as the nominative singular mas- 
 culine, and that the accusative singular masculine and the 
 dative plural of the three genders have the same termina- 
 tion. 
 
 I shall give another example in illustration and exempli- 
 fication of what I have just advanced, and then leave it for 
 the student to affix the terminations to the other words him- 
 self, which he will be able to do correctly without any 
 difficulty whatever. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 Plur. for 
 
 all genders. 
 
 N. 
 
 reetcfcer 
 
 e 
 
 eg 
 
 
 e 
 
 G. 
 
 eg 
 
 er 
 
 eg 
 
 
 er 
 
 D. 
 
 em 
 
 er 
 
 em 
 
 
 en 
 
 A. 
 
 en 
 
 e 
 
 eg 
 
 
 e. 
 
 Before returning to the analysis of the vowels, it may 
 not be amiss to teach the student how to conjugate the 
 German verbs fetn,* to be, and fyaben, to have. 
 
 * In German , the consonant f, where it is not accompanied by 
 another consonant, is invariably pronounced by good readers and 
 speakers like the English s in rose, repose, &c. Before p and t, 
 at the beginning of a word, it is pronounced like s in the same situa- 
 tion in English words. Double f/ medial and final, is pronounced 
 like st, in the word listen. The German et is pronounced like the 
 English i in wine, vine, &c. 
 
Indicative Mood. 
 Present Tense. 
 3d) ton/ 1 am ; bu tuft/ thou art ; cr, fte/ eS tji, he, she, it is ; voiz 
 ftnb/ we are; tfyr fetb/ you are ; fie ftnb/ they are. 3$ bin nid;t, I 
 am not ; bu toft nid)t, thou art not ; er tft ntd)t, he is not ; wiv ftnb 
 mcl)t, we are not ; it)r fetb nid)t, you are not ; fie ftnb nid)i# they 
 are not. Sin id] ? Am I ? Stft b\x ? Art thou ? 3 ft er ? Is 
 he? (Sinb wit ? Are we ? ; 2etb itjr ? Are you ? ©inb fte ? Are 
 they? — Sin id) ntd)t ? Am I not? SBtft bu nidjt ? Art thou 
 not ? 3fr er ntdt ? Is he not ? (gtnb rotr nid)t ? Are we not ? 
 Seib tt)r nid)t ? Are you not ? Stub fte mdji ? Are they not ? 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 3d) war/ I was ; bu roar ft/ thou wast ; er wav f he was ; rotr 
 roaren, we were ; tfyt waret, you were ; fte roareit/ they were. 
 3d) roar ntd)t, 1 was not ; bu roarji ntd)t thou wast not ; er roar 
 nid)t f he was not ; ttor roaren md)t, we were not ; tfyr roarer 
 nid)i, you were not ; fte roaren nidit/ they were not. 2Bar tdi ? 
 Was I ? <Barft bu ? Wast thou ? 2Bar er ? W^as he ? SBaren 
 rotr ? W r ere we ? SSavet tt>r ? Were you ? SBaren fte ? Were 
 they ? — 2Bar id) ntd)t ? Was I not ? 3Sar(! bu ntcfet ? Wast 
 thou not? £Kkr er rud)t? Was he not? SSaren rotr nid)t ? 
 Were we not ? SSaret tyr ntd t ? Were you not ? ££aren fte 
 mdjt ? Were they not ? 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present Tense* 
 
 34 fet/ I may be ; bu fetff, thou mayst be ; er fet/ he may 
 be ; ttrir feieri/ we may be ; il}r fetet/ you may be ; fte feien/ they 
 may be. 3d) fet tnd't/ I may not be ; bu feijt ntdjt/ thou 
 mayst not be ; er fet md)t, he may not be ; ttnr feien nid)t/ we 
 may not be ; tfyr fetet nid)w you may not be ; fte feien nityx, 
 they may not be. 
 
 The other forms of this tense, when used, are obtained 
 by placing the pronouns after the verb, as in the foregoing 
 examples. 
 
 b3 
 
Imperfect Tense. 
 
 3d) mare,* I might be ; bu tvdreft, thou mightest be ; er 
 ware/ he might be ; xoxt rr-drert/ we might be ; tyt tr-dret, you 
 might be ; fie waun, they might be. 3d) rpare ntd)t, I might 
 not be ; bu rodreft md)t, thou mightest not be ; er ware nidjt, 
 he might not be ; trtr rodren nid)r, we might not be ; tyr rcdret 
 nid)t, you might not be ; fte wdren nid)t, they might not be, 
 SBdrc id)? Might I be? SSdteft bu? Mightest thou be ? 
 2£dre er ? Might he be ? £Baren nur ? Might we be ? 2£drct 
 it)v ? Might you be ? SSdren fte ? Might they be ? — ££are 
 id) nid)t ? Might I not be ? 2£drejt bu nidftt ? Mightest thou 
 not be ? 2£dre er nidjt ? Might he not be? aBdren trir md)t ? 
 Might we not be ? 2£dret tyt md)t ? Might you not be ? 
 fS&cen fte ntdbt ? Might they not be? 
 
 (Seienb, being; a,err>efen/ been. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 3d) t)abe,t I have ; bu fyaji/ thou hast ; er fyaf/ he has; u;tr 
 rjaben, we have; tyt t)abet, you have; fte ^aben, they have, 
 3d) tjabe nid)t, I have not ; bu t)afr nid)r, thou hast not ; er t)a£ 
 nid)t, he has not ; xoxx fyaben nidjt, we have not ; ityv f)abet 
 nid>t, you have not ; fte fyaben nid)t, they have not. $abe id) ? 
 Have I ? #aft bu ? Hast thou ? *g>at er ? Has he ? Spaben 
 xviv ? Have we ? £abet ibv ? Have you? 4paben fte? Have 
 
 * The German \v has the same sound and power as the English v, 
 in the words vine, vote, &c. ; and the German t) is pronounced like 
 the English /in father, feather, fifty, &c, while two dots over a> 0/ 
 U/ in German words, convert these vowels into a, 6/ U, the first of 
 which is pronounced like the English a, in fate, &c, with a long or 
 short quantity, according to the general rule already given. The 
 second, like eu, in the Erench words feu, peu, &c. and the last, like 
 the French w, in the words vertu, bossu, &c. 
 
 f The German t) has three different powers. At the begining of 
 words it is aspirated rather more than in the English words house, 
 home, horse, &c. ; in the middle, and at the end of words, it serves 
 merely to lengthen the vowel which precedes it, whilst in compound 
 words it retains its aspiration. 
 
they ?— v£abe id) ntcfyt ? Have I not? £aft bit ntd)t ? Hast 
 thou not ? $ctt er ntd)t ? Has he not ? Jpctbert wit ntd)t ? Have 
 we not ? £abet i(;r ntd)t ? Have you not ? apaben fie md)t ? 
 Have they not? 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 3d) fyatte/ I had ; bu tyatteji) thou hadst ; er fyatte, he had ' 
 ttnr fatten/ we had ; tt)r t)attet f you had ; fte fatten, they had. 
 3d) fyatte nid)t/ I had not ; bu ^attefc ntd)t/ thou hadst not ; er 
 fjatte ntd)t, he had not ; tr-tr fatten ntd)t/ we had not ; tfyr fatter 
 md)t, you had not ; fte fatten nidjf, they had not. |>atte tcb ? 
 Had I ? £attefr bu ? Hadst thou ? £atte er ? Had he ? %aU 
 ten ttnr ? Had we ? #attet ifyc ? Had you ? .patten fte ? 
 Had they ? — apatte id) nidjt ? Had I not? £atteft bu md)t ? 
 Hadst thou not ? $cttte er nid)t ? Had he not ? fatten voit 
 ntcrt ? Had we not ? $attet t£r nid)t ? Had you not ? .patten 
 fte ntcfet ? Had they not ? 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present Tense* 
 
 3d) fyabt, I may have ; bu fyabejr, thou maysthave ; cr ^abtt 
 he may have ; irtr fcaben/ we may have ; if)r fyabet/ you mav 
 have ; fte fyaben, they may have. 3d) fyabe md)t, I may not 
 have ; bu fyabeft nicbt/ thou mayst not have ; er fyabz nid)t, he 
 may not have ; ttur i)abm nui-t, we may not have ; tfjr fyabet 
 ntd)t/ you may not have ; fte fyaben nid)t# they may not have. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 3d) §atte/ I might have ; bu tjattefr, thou mightest have ; 
 er §&tte/ he might have ; ttrir fatten, we might have ; ibr 
 t)dttef/ you might have ; fte fatten/ they might have. 3d) 
 t)dtre md)t, &c. ; ^dtte id) ? &c. ; %attz id) nid)t ? &c, all to be 
 written out at full length, and committed to memory. 
 
Conversational Exercise, 
 
 Illustrative of the Use and Construction of German Personal, Posses- 
 sive } Demonstrative, Interrogative, and Indefinite Pronouris, &c. 
 
 3d) bin ntdfjt ta gewefen. 
 / am not there been* 
 I have not been there. 
 
 S3in id) nidjt ba geroefen ? 
 ^m / wo/" £#ere 6 <?<??? ? 
 Have I not been there ? 
 
 3d) fyabe intt tfom ntdbt gefprod)en 9 
 / Aa^e with him not spoken. 
 1 have not spoken to him. 
 
 $abm jte tt)n gefetjen ? 
 Have they him seen ? 
 Have they seen him ? 
 
 3d) f)abe tfyn beute ntcfyt gefefyen. 
 J /mve A/m to-day not seen. 
 I have not seen him to-day. 
 
 (§r. t)at met)r alg gwanjtg* $)ferbe. 
 He has more than twenty horses. 
 
 ©ic fyaben nfdjt mefyr a!S funfgefyn ^ferbe. 
 They have not more than fifteen horses. 
 
 SBStr baben Mm spferbe mefyr. 
 We have no horses more. 
 We have no more horses. 
 
 (Ste l)at Me erfyabenfte, anftanbtgfie unb fceufceibenjie $aU 
 She has the most dig nified^most decent, andmost modest car- 
 
 tung/ mld)e ein grauenjtmmer fyaben fann. 
 
 r/a#e which a woman have can. 
 
 She has the most dig-nitied, decent, and modest carriage 
 
 that a woman can have.f 
 
 * In German, % is pronounced like ts at the end of English words, 
 as in rights, flights, &c. 
 
 t The general rule for the formation of the comparative and su- 
 perlative degrees of German adjectives is this :— The comparative is 
 
9 
 
 ©eben <£te eg ratr. 
 Give you it to me. 
 Give it to rce. 
 
 <gte fyaben eg mir nidjt gegeben. 
 
 You have it to me not given. 
 You have not given it to me. 
 
 @etne (Scfcroefier tft junger cti§ er. 
 His sister is younger than he. 
 
 <&& tjl gegen t§n etngenommen. 
 She is against him prejudiced. 
 She is prejudiced against him. 
 
 Sinb ©ie gegen micf) etngenommen ? 
 Are you against me prejudiced ? 
 Are you prejudiced against me ? 
 
 SBtr t)aben fd)on trei SBriefe Don tfym er^atten. 
 ^Fe have already three letters from him received. 
 We have already received three letters from him. 
 
 Sftetne S3afe tft frutjer ba angefommen alg er. 
 ilfz/ cousin is earlier there arrived than he. 
 My cousin arrived there earlier than he did. 
 
 £aben (§te tbm metnen SSrtef ubergeben ? 
 Have you to him my letter overgiven ? 
 Have you delivered my letter to him ? 
 
 S£o tft er ? 3* fr*be if)n md)t gefer>en. 
 Vihere is he ? I have him not seen. 
 Where is he ? I have not seen him. 
 
 93?etne ©dwefter tft jefct mit tfym fefyr gtifrtefcen. 
 il/y sisfer £s wow m?z£/& 7z/?/z «?er^ happy. 
 My sister is very happy with him now. 
 
 formed by adding x f or er/ to the adjective in its positive state, and 
 changing the vowels at 0/ and U/ into d 6/ it 5 and the superlative 
 degree is formed by adding ft/ or eft/ to the comparative. It is, more- 
 over, to be observed, that when the definite article precedes the ad- 
 jective, as in the above sentence, an e is added to the saicl termina- 
 tions, in the nominative case singular and plural of all genders ; zx\, 
 in the genitive and dative cases singular and plural, and e in the accu- 
 sative plural. 
 
10 
 
 £a tfl er. 
 
 There is he. 
 There he is. 
 
 ©a gefyr er oorbet/ feben ^ie it)n ntcbt ? 
 There goes he past {by), see you him not? 
 There he is going by, do you not see him ? 
 
 ©efyen ete ifyn ? 5ft er es? (5r tft eg ntcfet. 
 
 #ee you him ? Is he it ? He is it not. 
 
 Do you see him ? Is it he ? It is not he. 
 
 (Seine Gutter furfrt tftr. auf. 
 i7fs mother seeks him up. 
 His mother is seeking him. 
 
 .pat fie Sfynen *>on ifym gefagt ? 
 Has she to you of him said ? 
 Has she spoken to you about him ? 
 
 Qx bat eg mtr gefagt. 1 He told it to me. 
 He has it to me said. J He told me so. 
 
 ©te bjaben ftd) rerrecbner. 
 
 jTow 7?<zre yourself mis-reckoned. 
 
 You have made a mistake in your reckoning. 
 
 3cun bin id) bereft ab$uget)en. 
 iVow a??z / ready away to go. 
 Now I am ready to go. 
 
 (Sr tft ramgjhfif §et)n Sato alter al§ fetn better. 
 
 He is at least ten years older than his cousin. 
 
 $aben ©ie tbnen ton mtr Qtfatf ? 
 //"at? 6? ^om fo them of me said ? 
 Have you spoken to them about me ? 
 
 ©te t)at eg bunt tfcn §u imffen befommen. 
 She has it through him to know got. 
 She has got to know it through him. 
 
 3d) bin fceure bd ifom geirefen. 
 / am to-day by him been. 
 I have been at his house to-dav. 
 
11 
 
 SBSir fyabtn ibr baoon abgeratfcen. 
 
 JFe 7z£zz;e /?er therefrom dissuaded* 
 
 We have dissuaded her from it. 
 
 £abcn fie fid) oerrecfynet ? 
 
 Have they themselves mis-reclconed ? 
 
 Have they made a mistake in their reckoning ? 
 
 £aben Sie fid- man oerredmet? 
 
 Have you yourself not mis-reclconed? 
 
 Have you not made a mistake in your account ? 
 
 £aben fie S^nen bason Qefagt ? 
 
 Have they to you therefrom said ? 
 
 Have they spoken to you about it ? 
 
 <gr {ft je^r bet ifynen. 
 
 He is yet {now) by them* 
 
 He is now with them (at their house). 
 
 ©te feibji tabert e§ mir gefagt. 
 
 772ez/ themselves have it to me said. 
 They told me so themselves. 
 
 SOfteine £Bafe bat i^ren Sfftng unb tbren gddier settoren. 
 Mz/ cousin has her ring and her fan lost. 
 My cousin has lost her ring and her fan. 
 
 $abtn Ste ue tl)m gurutfgegeben ? 
 Have you them to him hack given ? 
 Have you returned them to him ? 
 
 <Sie t)abcn t§r £au3, ityce SE3tefe# unb tfyre ^3ferbe 
 77ze?/ Aare their house, their meadow, and their horses 
 
 Derfauft. 
 
 sold. 
 
 They have sold their house, their meadow, and their 
 
 horses. 
 
 <Ste fjat tfyre ^tfule aufgege&en. 
 iSTze has her school up-given. 
 She has given up her school. 
 
 By the foregoing examples, the student will perceive that 
 the verb, in interrogative sentences, precedes its subject or 
 
12 
 
 nominative case, and that the attributive is put in the third 
 place ; that adjectives and posessive pronouns precede in 
 German, as in English, the substantive which they qualify, 
 whilst other determining words precede the adjective in like 
 manner : that, with verbs in the infinitive mood, the deter- 
 mining particles, &c. precede ; but, with finite verbs, they 
 follow them; and that when there is a past participle, it is 
 placed at the end of the sentence. 
 
 It is a general rule of German construction, that all the 
 cases governed by the verb are put after it, in the simple 
 tenses, and between the auxiliary and the participle in the 
 compound tenses. 
 
 When a dative and an accusative case follow the verb, 
 the dative usually precedes the accusative, although good 
 writers and speakers are, in general, guided by the degree 
 of energy they wish to give to a word, placing it at the end 
 of the sentence that it may be the better observed. 
 
 When one of the two cases is a personal pronoun, it is 
 usually placed immediately after the verb ; and when both 
 the cases are personal pronouns, the accusative generally 
 precedes the dative case, except for the sake of emphasis or 
 greater energy, as before observed. 
 
 The principal case of the verb is followed by the prepo- 
 sition and the substantives it governs. 
 
 The circumstances of time and place precede the principal 
 case of the verb, except when the case of the verb is a 
 personal pronoun ; and then the latter is placed immediately 
 after it. 
 
 The German i, as we have seen, is pronounced like double 
 € in English, and V) has the same sound. 
 
 The vowel o, when long, answers to the English, French 
 Italian, Spanish, and Dutch o, in the words robe, zone, porno, 
 hombre, and open ; but, when short, it is like o, in the words 
 hot, pomme, oggi, odor, &c. 
 
 The German u, when long, has the sound of the English 
 oo, in Waterloo, as before observed ; of the French ou, in 
 
13 
 
 poule, route, &c. ; of the Italian u* in pure, oscuro, &c. ; 
 and of the Spanish w, in robusto, &c. 
 
 The student may now learn the present and imperfect 
 tenses of the indicative mood of the verbs rootlen, to will^ 
 or be willing ; and fd)lte{krt/ to shut, conclude, &c. ; and then 
 he may enter upon the study of short reading pieces in literal 
 interlinear translations. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 3d) will, I will ; bu roillft/ thou wilt ; er rotll, he will ; wit 
 Bolton* we will ; it;r rootlet, you will ; fie rootlem they will. 
 3d) rotll nidjt, I will not ; bu roillji nidrt, thou wilt not ; et roill 
 nid)t, he will not ; rotr molten nici>t/ we will not ; tfyr rootlet mtf)t, 
 you will not ; fie rootten md)t, they will not. SSill id) ? Will I ? 
 fGSttt id) md)t ? Will I not ? and so on for the other persons, 
 which the student will write out at full length and commit 
 to memory. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 3d) rootlte, I would, was willing, &c. ; bu roolltefr, thou 
 wouldst ; er rootlte, he would ; rotr roollten, we would ; tfyr roolltet, 
 you would ; fie roollteri/ they would. 3$ rootlte nid)t, 1 would 
 not ; rootlte id) ? Would I ? ©ottte id) md)t ? Would I not ? and 
 so on for the other persons, each of which should be written 
 out at full length and committed to memory, as before ob- 
 served, for an oral exercise. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 3<3) fdjltege,* I shut, conclude, &c. ; bu fd)ltef?e]t/ thou, &c. ; 
 er fdjltejjr $ rotr fd)ltefen# ifjr fdhiteger, fie fdjltejkn. 3* (d)liepe ntd)t. 
 
 * @d) is pronounced like sh in English words. 
 c 
 
14 
 
 &&)lk$z id) ? Do I, &c. ©djliejj eft tu ? @d)ltef t cr ? <£d)tie£en 
 mix} ©cfyltefjet U)r? (Sd)tie£en fte ? — ©djltege id) ntdjt ? Do I not, 
 &c. (gdjltejs eft bn ntd.t ? ©d)lteft er ntdjt ? ^d)liefen nrir ntd&t ? 
 ©cMtefiet it)r nid)t ? ^d)ltej$en fte ntdbt ? 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 3d) f&tog; I concluded ; bu fdjlofieft/ er fd)lojj/ nrir fdjtoffen, 
 ifyr fd)loffct/ fte fd)toffcn. 3d) fcfrlofj md)t, I did not conclude. 
 ©cfclojnd)? Didlconclude? (Scbtog id) nid)t? Did I not conclude? 
 The student should write and read this tense in all its forms 
 at full length, as directed before. 
 
 THE FRENCH SCHOOL MASTER. 
 
 (gin (gcfculmetfter in spartS trotlte beweifen, ba$ er tie 
 A schoolmaster in Paris would prove that he the 
 
 fd)5nfte §)erfcn auf tern (Srbboben fei. (gr fdjlofj 
 handsomest person upon the earth be. He {concluded 
 
 alfo : (Suropa ift ber fd)6nfte Styeil ber SBelt, granfreid) ift 
 /^ws : Europe is the finest part of the world, France is 
 
 ba§ fd)6nfre 2anb in (guropar ?>arfe ift tie fd}6nfte Btabt in 
 ^e finest country in Europe, Paris is the finest city in 
 
 granfreidv tie Unioerfitat ift ba£ fcbonfte £luartiet in spartS/ mein 
 France, the university is the finest quarter in Paris, my 
 
 Simmer ift baS fcfconfie in ber Unicerjttat/ id) bin ba$ 
 room is the handsomest in the university, I am the 
 
 (&d]6nfte in meinem Simmer, ergo, bin id) ber fcfconfte 
 handsomest in my room, therefore am I the handsomest 
 
 SDtenfd) in ber SEelt. 
 man in the world. 
 
 THE CYNOSURES. 
 
 £er £%l, an beffen guj? id) mid) befanb/ trar ber ^u^ei 
 T7*e hill at whose foot I myself found, was the hill 
 
15 
 
 ber J£aftell§ won Sparta/ roeil ber ^djauplag fid) 
 
 of the castle {citadel) of Sparta, because the theatre itself 
 
 an ba$ Rafted anlefjnte $ ta§ Ueberbteibfel/ raelcfceS id) faty' 
 at the citadel leaned against ; the ruin which I saw> 
 
 irar ber Sempel ber SDltneroa 6tyol£i5fo§* raeil btefer in 
 was the temple of the Minerva Chalcicecos, because this in 
 
 bem vKajtett war ; tie Srummer unb tie langc Matter/ bte ten 
 the citadel was; the ruins and the long wall which I 
 
 wetter unten gemafyr wurbe/ gefyorten gu bem (Stamme ber 
 further down perceived, belonged to the tribe of the 
 
 Jtpnofuren, treil btefer (gtamm tm* nSrbMen Sfyetie ber 
 Cynosures, because this tribe in the northern part of the 
 
 ©fabt war. 3^3 fyatre at[o Sparta ror mtr. 
 city was. I had therefore Sparta before me* 
 
 Free Translation. 
 
 The hill, at the foot of which I found myself, was the 
 hill of the citadel of Sparta, since the theatre was built 
 against the citadel. The ruin which I saw w T as the temple 
 of Minerva Chalciaecos, because this was in the citadel: 
 the ruins, and the long wall which I perceived lower down, 
 formed a part of the tribe of the Cynosures, since this tribe 
 inhabited the northern part of the city. Sparta, therefore, 
 was before me. 
 
 The student may now learn the simple tenses of the verb 
 werben/ to become, to be, &c, preparatory to his proceeding 
 to the formation of the future and conditional tenses of all 
 German verbs : — 
 
 * Contraction makes one syllable of the definite article and a pre- 
 position .^as, am/ ans, oor$/ hoxm, aufS/ burets furs, tm, ing# com/ 
 uberm, fibers, unterm, mtberS, $um, and gur— for: an bem/ an 
 ba§, ttor ba$, oor bem, auf t>a$ f buret) ba$, fur baS/ in bem/ in bag/ 
 sen bem/ uber t>em f uber ba$ f unter bem/ wtber ba$, gu bem/ and gu 
 ber. 
 
16 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 3d) roerbe/ I become ; bu nrirfr, thou becomest ; er xvixbt he 
 becomes; nrir toerben, we become; xt?r roerbet, you become; 
 fie rcerberi/ they become. 3d) roerbe md)t, I do not become. 
 SBerbe id) ? Do I become ? — SBerbe td) rridbt ? Do I not become ? 
 
 The student should write out each form of this tense at 
 full length, as he was directed to do in learning the pre- 
 ceding verbs, and then commit them faithfully to memory. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 3* nmrbe, I became ; bu ttmrbeft/ er ttnirbe/ rott rourben, it)r 
 nmrbet, fie ttmrberr. 3d) rcurbe nicfyt. £Sutbe td)? SSurbe i% 
 md)t ? To be dealt with by the student as before directed. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 3d) rcerbe/ bu roerbeft, er roerbe, ttrir roerben, tt)r roerbet, fie 
 srerben, I may, thou mayst, &c, become. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 3d) rrmvbe, bu wjurbeft/ er n>ftrbe# tt>k rourben/ it)r trurbet, fte 
 tt?urbert, I might, &c, become. All to be written out, in 
 each of the four forms, at full length, and committed to 
 memory, in the same manner as the different forms and 
 tenses of the verbs given before the student entered upon 
 the reading pieces. 
 
 Now, returning to the analysis of the alphabet, et and e$ 
 are pronounced by the inhabitants of the south of Germany 
 et, or, as the English would pronounce ae\ or a and e closely 
 connected in two syllables ; but in the north they pronounce 
 these diphthongs as the English pronounce i in wine, vine, 
 nine, &c. 
 
17 
 
 As a general rule for the pronunciation of the diphthongs 
 ax, ax) t au f tit el) and eu, it may he observed in general, that 
 they have the sound of the English i in wire, mire, attire, 
 &c. ; of the French ay in ayeul ; the Italian ai in aio ; the 
 Spanish ai in Caiego, the name of a mountain ; the Dutch 
 ai in hair (hair). 
 
 The diphthong au is pronounced nearly like ow in cow, 
 and exactly as an is sounded in the Italian words aura, 
 paura, causa, &c. 
 
 The diphthong oi, which, in German, occurs only in a 
 few proper names, is pronounced like oi in the English word 
 boil. The French have no such sound in their language. 
 The Italians have it in Zoilo, and the Spaniards in hoi or 
 hoy (to-day). 
 
 There is no equivalent in the English language for the 
 German diphthong ui but oo, ee, as these double vowels 
 are heard when pronounced closely connected in two syl- 
 lables. The French approach this sound, in some degree, 
 in their affirmative adverb oui, yes. The Spaniards have 
 it in their pronoun cuiyo ; and the Italians, in their cui. 
 
 The yott, or \, when considered as a consonant, is pro- 
 nounced like y in the words yonder, yore, year, you, &c. 
 
 Particular Remarks on the Vowels. 
 
 The double vowels aa r u t 00/ forming one syllable, as well 
 as at)/ el)/ tl> ol)/ uf)/ and ie/ merely show that the syllable is 
 long. 
 
 23aai'/ ready money ; SSaarS, perch (a fish); $Raa$, pot, 
 measure; 2oo6/ lot, fate; loofen/ to draw lots; ©d)oofj/lap; 
 sBlaaU monument, &c, are now written with one vowel, 
 thus :— SBav, $8at$ f 9XaS/ £o3/ tofem (£a)o£, QHat. 
 
 The double vowel forms two syllables in SSaal and its 
 derivatives, and in words in which the particle ge or be is 
 followed by a vowel. 
 
 c 3 
 
18 
 
 it is a monosyllable in $nte, knee, in the singular number; 
 and a dissyllable in the plural — $me, knees. This combi- 
 nation is likewise a monosyllable in words of foreign origin, 
 in which the i receives the tonic accent, and forms one 
 syllable with t, as in harmonic/ harmony ; SJMobte, melody ; 
 -poefte/ poetry, &c. But it makes two syllables in %i\t, air, 
 song, tune ; %\ier\, Asia ; gamilie, family, &c. 
 
 The combination ee (ee) is a monosyllable in (See/ lake, 
 sea ; TUttmt, army ; and a dissyllable in the plural number 
 of these words. 
 
 With regard to the single e, the student should bear in 
 mind that this vowel is sometimes close, or shut, and some- 
 times open. It is close in the first syllable of the words 
 geroefeit/ btabi&n, lieben/ fyebem &c. ; and in words of two 
 syllables, the first of which alone has an e in it : as, iemanb/ 
 etrvaS, £>emurt), &c. It is open in the monosyllables fern/ 
 (Stern, er/ bet, rcer, bem, tpent/ ben/ roen$ in the first syllable 
 of beten, geben, geber, &c. St) is long, and pronounced nearly 
 like a in fate. 
 
 tt £>/ and it are more used than %e, £>/ and Ue $ and the 
 first of these softened vowels is pronounced like the German 
 6/ with a long or short quantity, according to the general 
 rule given in a preceding note. The 6 is long in @tor? 
 sturgeon ; iobtltd), mortal ; StbniQ/ king ; Zbtve f lion ; SKobre, 
 pipe, &c; and short in ^Sorter/ words; ©t6rd)e/ storks; 
 gottltd)/ godly, divine ; Golfer, people, nations, &c. U/ or &, 
 is pronounced like ue in the French words rue, vue, due? 
 &c. It is long in fiber/ upon ; fufyren, to lead, conduct ; 
 fu^len/ to feel ; glutfltd)/ lucky, successful ; entjutfenb/ charmed, 
 delighted ; gluffe/ rivers ; ©prucfe, sentences, &c. 
 
 As a general rule, the combinations ae, oe f ei/ and uw are 
 pronounced as two syllables in words not of German origin, 
 as : — ^erometrie, aerometry ; $pfyaeton< phaeton ; ^oet/ poet ; 
 2£ti)etjl/ Atheist ; Sefuittgm/ Jesuitism, &c. 
 
 The consonants 2?/ £>, g, £, £, ®l, %t, ty, yfy m, &$>/ and 
 Z f have the same powers as in English w r ords. All the 
 
19 
 
 other letters of the alphabet having been already noticed, 
 the student has now sufficient instruction to enable him to 
 pronounce German with tolerable accuracy, 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE 
 IN EVERY FORM IN 
 OCCUR. 
 
 AUXILIARY VERBS, 
 WHICH THEY CAN 
 
 jtonnen, can. 
 
 Present Tense.. 
 
 Affirmatively, 
 3co fann, I can 
 X>u fannfi/ thou canst 
 (5r fa nil/ he can 
 ©ie !ann/ she can 
 (5S !ann/ it can 
 SBtr fonnen, we can 
 3fyr lonnet, you can 
 ©ie fonnen/ they can. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 &ann i<i) ? Can I ? 
 .ftannft bu ? Canst thou ? 
 
 £ann er ? Can he ? 
 ilann fte ? Can she ? 
 £ann eg? Can it? 
 jlonnen ictrr Can we ? 
 bonnet inr ? Can you ? 
 fonnen fie ? Can they ? 
 
 N egativeiy , 
 3d) fann ntd)t, I cannot 
 £u fannjt nid)t/ thou canst not 
 (Sr fann mdjt/ he cannot 
 Bit fann nid)r, she cannot 
 (£$ fann nid)t/ it cannot 
 2Btr fonnen nidbt, we cannot 
 3br fonnet ntdit/ you cannot 
 @te fonnen ntd)t, they cannot. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively, 
 •ivann id) nid)t ? Can I not r 
 £annft ou nid)t ? Canst thou 
 
 not? 
 £ann er md)t ? Can he not ? 
 dtann fte nid^t ? Can she not? 
 £ann eg ntd)t ? Can it not ? 
 £6nnen tutr ntdit ? Can we not ? 
 bonnet tyz merit ? Can you not ? 
 fonnen fte ntc^t ? Can they 
 not? 
 
20 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) fonnte/ I could 
 2)u fonntejt/ thou couldst 
 
 (£r fonnte^ he could 
 <25ie fonnte/ she could 
 @g fonnte^ it could 
 SGSir fonnten/ we could 
 
 3fyr fonntet, you could 
 @tc fonnten, they could. 
 
 Interrogatively, 
 fonnte ic^ ? Could I ? 
 £onntejt bu ? Couldst thou ? 
 
 fonnte er ? Could he ? 
 fonnte fie ? Could she ? 
 
 fonnte eS ? Could it ? 
 Jtonnten xoit ? Could we ? 
 
 fonntet itjc ? Could you ? 
 
 fonnten fie ? Could they ? 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) fonnte nicl)t, I could not 
 2)u fonntefl nid)t, thou couldst 
 
 not 
 (gr fonnte nidjt/ he could not 
 ©ie fonnte ntdjt, she could not 
 (§§ fonnte ntd^t/ it could not 
 2Btr fonnten nid)t/ we could 
 
 not 
 Sfyr f onntet md)t/ you could not 
 <Ste fonnten nicfyt/ they could 
 
 not. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively, 
 fonnte id) md)t ? Could I not ? 
 ivonnteft bu ntd)t? Couldst 
 
 thou not ? 
 fonnte er md)t ? Could he not ? 
 fonnte fte ntd)t ? Could she 
 
 not? 
 fonnte eg nic^t ? Could it not ? 
 fonnten nrir ntd)t ? Could we 
 
 not? 
 fonntet tyx ntd)t ? Could you 
 
 not? 
 fonnten fte md)t ? Could they 
 
 not? 
 
 fJRogen, may. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 Affirmatively . Negatively. 
 
 3d) mag, I may 3* ma% nid)t, I may not 
 
 £)u ma<$/ thou mayst 2)u magft nid)t/ thou mayst not 
 
21 
 
 Qi mag/ he may 
 ©te mag/ she may 
 6§ mag/ it may 
 SBtr mogen/ we may 
 3t)r moget/ you may 
 ©ie mogen/ they may. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 3Kag id^ ? May I ? 
 sfltagjl ou ? Mayst thou ? 
 
 5Kag ei* ? May he ? 
 Sftag fte ? May she ? 
 
 5CRog eS ? May it ? 
 fDlfigen ioic ? May we ? 
 
 SJtoget ti>r ? May you ? 
 
 SDRogen fte ? May they ? 
 
 (St mag ntcfct/ he may not 
 ©te mag ntd)t, she may not 
 (§§ mag ntd)t, it may not 
 2Bir mogen ntdjt/ we may not 
 Sfyr moger nid)t# you may not 
 ©te mogen md)t, they may 
 not. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 3J?ag t<^ ntcfct ? May I not ? 
 SJtoaJt bu ntdjt ? Mayst thou 
 
 not? 
 !Blag er ntdbt ? May he not ? 
 COcag fte nid)t ? May she 
 
 not? 
 *Dtag eS nicfyt ? May it not ? 
 SOIogen urir md)t ? May we 
 
 not? 
 SOloget ti>r nid)t ? May you 
 
 not? 
 Sftfigen fte md)t? May they 
 
 not? 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) m6d)tc/ I might 
 £)u mocfyteft/ thou mightst 
 
 <£r mod)te/ he might 
 ©ie mod)te, she might 
 <5s mod)tc/ it might 
 2Bir mocfytem we might 
 
 3t)r mod)tet/ you might 
 ©ie m5d}ten, they might. 
 
 Negatively. 
 3c!) modjte md)t/ I might not 
 £)u modjtejl nid)t/ thou might- 
 
 est not 
 dt mod)te md)t/ he might not 
 @ie mod)te ntd)t, she might not 
 (££ mod)te ntd)t/ it might not 
 2Btr mod)ten ntcbt/ we might 
 
 not 
 3fyc mod)tetntd)t/you might not 
 ©te molten ni<ft/ they might 
 
 not. 
 
22 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 SDfl6d>tc id) ? Might I ? 
 SK6d)tcjl bu ? Mightst thou ? 
 
 €)JZ6cbte er? Might he ? 
 
 2!Xod)te fte ? Might she ? 
 
 93?6d)te e$ ? Might it ? 
 SER6d)ten ttrir ? Might we ? 
 
 3Bl6d)tei tt)c ? might you ? 
 
 3X6d):en fte ? Might they ? 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 ?D?6rf)te id) nid)t ? Might I not ? 
 9DWd)tefl bu nid)t? Mightst 
 
 thou not ? 
 9X6d)te er. ni*t ? Might he 
 
 not? 
 9R6d)te fie md)t ? Might she 
 
 not ? 
 ?0?6d)te e$ nid^t ? Might it not ? 
 S$6d)ten nrir nid)t ? Might we 
 
 not? 
 SK5d)tet i$r md)t ? Might you 
 
 not? 
 9Jl5d)ten fte nid)t ? Might they 
 
 not ? 
 
 ©oil en/ shall. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) foil, I shall 
 £)u fottft, thou shalt 
 @r foil/ he shall 
 ©te foil/ she shall 
 SS foil/ it shall 
 2£tr follen/ we shall 
 3*)t follet, you shall 
 ©te follen/ they shall. 
 
 Interrogatively, 
 ©oil id) ? Shall I ? 
 ©ollji bu ? Shalt thou ? 
 
 ©oil er ? Shall he ? 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) foil nid)t, I shall not 
 §)u follft ntcfct, thou shalt not 
 (Sr foil md)t/ he shall not 
 ©te foil nid)t, she shall not 
 @S foil ntd)t/ it shall not 
 s JStr follen ntdjt/ we shall not 
 3f)r follet nid)t, you shall not 
 ©te follen md)t, they shall not. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively, 
 ©oil id) nid)t ? Shall I not ? 
 ©ottjt bu nid)t? Shalt thou 
 
 not? 
 ©oil ev ntd)t ? Shall he not ? 
 
23 
 
 ©oil fie ? Shall she ? 
 (Soil eg ? Shall it ? 
 ©ollen roir ? Shall we ? 
 
 ©ollettr,r? Shall you? 
 Pollen fte ? Shall they ? 
 
 (Soil fie nidjt ? Shall she not ? 
 ©oil eg mrf)t ? Shall it not ? 
 ©ollen »tr md)t ? Shall we 
 
 not? 
 ©oiletiljr nidjt? Shall you not? 
 ©ollen fte nidjt ? Shall they not? 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) follte, I should 
 £)u follte ft, thou shouldst 
 
 (gr follte, he should 
 ©te follte/ she should 
 (53 follte/ it should 
 SBtr folltcn/ we should 
 31)* folltet/ you should 
 ©ie follten, they should. 
 
 Interrogatively, 
 ©ollte id)? Should I? 
 ©ollteft bu ? Shouldst thou ? 
 
 ©ollte er ? Should he ? 
 
 ©ollte fie ? Should she ? 
 
 ©ollte e§ ? Should it ? 
 ©ollten xoxt ? Should we ? 
 
 ©olltet fyr ? Should you ? 
 
 ©ollten fie ? Should they ? 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) follte md)t/ I should not 
 £)u follteft ntctit/ thou shouldst 
 
 not 
 <5r follte nidjt, he should not 
 ©ie follte nidjt, she should not 
 <S§ follte nidjt, it should not 
 2£tr follten nid)t/ we should not 
 3$r folltet nid)t/ you should not 
 ©ie follten ntdijt, they should 
 
 not. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively, 
 ©ollte id) nid)t ? Should I not ? 
 ©ollteft bu nid)t? Shouldst 
 
 thou not ? 
 ©ollte er nidjt ? Should he 
 
 not? 
 ©ollte fte nidjt ? Should she 
 
 not? 
 ©ollte eg nidjt ? Should it not ? 
 ©ollten xoxi ntd&t ? Should we 
 
 not? 
 ©olltet itjr nidjt ? Should you 
 
 not? 
 ©ollten fie md)t ? Should they 
 
 not? 
 
24 
 
 SSBollen, will. 
 
 Present 
 
 Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 
 Negatively. 
 
 3d) »ill* I will 
 
 3d) Will nici)t, I will not 
 
 2)u ttullft/ thou wilt 
 
 2)u willft nid)t/ thou wilt not 
 
 (gr will/ he will 
 
 Qx will ntd)t/ he will not 
 
 @ie will/ she will 
 
 ©ie Will nid)t/ she will not 
 
 @S will/ it will 
 
 6$ will mdfct/ it will not 
 
 2Bir wollen/ we will 
 
 3Btr wollen ntd)t, we will not 
 
 3§t rootlet/ you will 
 
 3$c wollet nid)t, you will not 
 
 ©te wollen/ they will. 
 
 ©te wollen nid)t, they will not. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 
 SBill id) ? Will I ? 
 
 SBill id) nid}t ? Will I not ? 
 
 SBtllft bu ? Wilt thou ? 
 
 SBillfi bu nid)t ? Wilt thou not ? 
 
 SBill er ? Will he ? 
 
 2Sill.er ntdtf ? Will he not ? 
 
 SBill fie ? Will she ? 
 
 SBill fte md)t ? Will she not ? 
 
 SBill e$ ? Will it ? 
 
 SBill eg md)t ? Will it not ? 
 
 Pollen ttrir ? Will we ? 
 
 SBollen wir ntcbt? Will we 
 
 
 not? 
 
 SBollet ir.r ? Will you ? 
 
 SBollet tyr nid)t ? Will you 
 
 
 not? 
 
 Pollen fte ? Will they ? 
 
 Pollen fte md)t ? Will they 
 
 
 not? 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 
 Negatively. 
 
 3d) wollte/ I would 
 
 3d) wollte nid)t, I would not 
 
 jDu trollteji/ thou wouldst 
 
 £)u wolltefi nicbt/ thou wouldst 
 
 (Sr wollte/ he would 
 <Ste wollte/ she would 
 (gg wollte/ it would 
 SBir wollten; we would 
 3t)r wolltet/ you would 
 ©ie wollteti; they would. 
 
 not 
 @r wollte ntd)t/ he would not 
 ©ie wollte ntcftt/ she would not 
 @§ wollte nidht/ it would not 
 SBir wotlten ntd)t, we would not 
 3l)t wolltet nicH/ you would not 
 <Sie wollten md)t, they would 
 
 not. 
 
25 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 SBollte id) ? Would I ? 
 fffiolltcjl bu ? Wouldst thou ? 
 
 SBBolite er ? Would he ? 
 
 SSSoUte jtc ? Would she ? 
 
 SBotlte eg ? Would it ? 
 
 SSBollten ttrir ? Would we ? 
 
 SEolltet tyr ? Would you ? 
 
 fOSolltcn fte ? Would they ? 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 SEBoUtc id) nidjt ? WTould I not ? 
 SQSoUteji bu nid)t ? Wouldst 
 
 thou not ? 
 SBSotlte er nid)t? W T ould he 
 
 not? 
 SBSollte fie md)t ? Would she 
 
 not ? 
 SffioUte eS ntcfct ? Would it 
 
 not ? 
 SSoliten ttrir nidjt ? W T ould we 
 
 not? 
 SBolltet tfcr nidjt ? Would you 
 
 not? 
 SBSollten fte nidjt ? Would they 
 
 not? 
 
 2Berben, to become, shall or will, &c. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) trerbe md)t/ I shall, or will 
 not 
 £u ttrir ji/ thou shalt, or wilt £)u ttrir jt nidjt/ thou shalt, or 
 
 wilt not 
 (£r toirb md)t/ he shall, or will 
 
 not 
 ©te ttrirb ntdht, she shall, or 
 
 will not 
 (§§ ttrirb nid)t/ it shall, or will 
 not 
 SGStr roerben/ we shall, or will SBMr ir-erben ntcfyt/ we shall, or 
 
 will not 
 3fyr rcerbet/ you shall, or will 3fyr rcerbet nid)t/ you shall, or 
 
 will not 
 
 D 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) werbc/ I shall, or will 
 
 (gr toirb/ he shall, or will 
 ©ie ttrirb/ she shall/ or will 
 @£ nrirb/ it shall, or will 
 
26 
 
 ?ie tuciben/ they shall, or ©ie meuben nid)t, they shall, 
 will. or will not. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 2£erbc id) md)t ? Shall, or will I not ? 
 
 Shalt, or wilt thou net ? 
 Shall, or will he not ? 
 Shall, or will she not ? 
 Shall, or will it not ? 
 SBSerben rotr ntdjjt ? Shall, or will we not ? 
 SBerbet ifyr ntd)t ? Shall, or will you not ? 
 SBSerben fte md)t ? Shall, or will they not? 
 
 SSirfr bu nid)t ? 
 SSirb er md)t ? 
 SBirb fte ntd)t ? 
 SBtrb e3 nidbt ? 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 Affirmatively. Negatively. 
 
 3a> wui'be/ I should, or would 3d) wurbe nid)t ; I should, or 
 
 would not 
 £u rourbeft/ thou shouldst, or ^ureurbeftnidit, thou shouldst, 
 
 wouldst or wouldst not 
 
 (Si* murbe/ he should, or would (5r rcurbe nidbt; he should, or 
 
 would not 
 ^Sie rc&rbe/ she should, or <Ste rourbe nid)t; she should, 
 
 would or would not 
 
 (£€ rourbe; it should, or would (gg nmtbe md)t; it should, or 
 
 would not 
 2Btr ruueben/ we should, or SQStr nmrben nidbt/ we should, 
 
 would or would not 
 
 3i)t nourbet/ you should, or S^ wurbct nid)t; you should, 
 
 would or would not 
 
 sste nnuben, they should, or <Sie rourben nid)t; they should, 
 would. or would not. 
 
 Interrogatively. Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 
 SRfir.be.iA ? Should, or would SBurbe id) nidbt? Should, or 
 I ? would I not ? 
 
27 
 
 "SSurbejr bu? Shouldst, or 
 
 wouldst thou ? 
 SGSurbe er ? Should, or would 
 
 he? 
 ££urbe fie ? Should, or would 
 
 she? 
 SBfirbe eS ? Should, or would 
 
 it? 
 Sffiurben trie? Should, or 
 
 would we ? 
 gBurbet it)r ? Should, or would 
 
 you ? 
 SBurben fie ? Should, or 
 
 would they ? 
 
 Sffifirbeft bu nidjt ? Should, or 
 
 wouldst thou not ? 
 SOSurbe er nidst ? Should, or 
 
 would he not ? 
 2£utbe jte nicht ? Should, or 
 
 would she not ? 
 SBSurbe eg ntdbt ? Should, or 
 
 would it not ? 
 SBurben rotr md)t ? Should, or 
 
 would we not ? 
 SGSurbet ijr niefct ? Should, or 
 
 would you not ? 
 SSurben fie nid)t ? Should, or 
 
 would they not ? 
 
 The Auxiliary and Active Verb QabPXl, to have. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) fyaUt I have 
 £u fyaft/ thou hast 
 <5r fyat, he has 
 ©ie fyat, she has 
 2Bir fyabeii/ we have 
 3fyr ^abztt you have 
 @ie £)aben, they have. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 %abt id) ? Have I ? 
 £afx b\x} Hast thou ? 
 $at er ? Has he? 
 £at ftc ? Has she ? 
 *&aben rotr ? Have we ? 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) fabe nid)t, I have not 
 £)u fyaft rrid)ti thou hast not 
 (§r fyat nid)t/ he has not 
 (Ste fyat md)t/ she has not 
 2Bir fyaben nid)t/ we have not 
 StyE fya&et nid)t/ you have not 
 ©te fyaben nid)t/ they have note 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively, 
 £abe id) nid)t ? Have I not ? 
 4?a# bu nid)t ? Hast thou not ? 
 Jgat er nid)t ? Has he not ? 
 Jg>at fie ntd)t? Has she not ? 
 ^aben uur nidn? Have we 
 not? 
 
28 
 
 £abet tyt ? Have you ? 
 
 £abcn fte ? Have thev ? 
 
 £abet tfyv. nid)t ? Have you 
 
 not? 
 £aben fte ntrf)t ? Have they 
 
 not? 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 34 $atte, I had 
 2)u "^atteft/ thou hadst 
 
 (§t tjatte/ he had 
 ©te ^attc/ she had 
 SBit fatten/ we had 
 3§r l)attet, you had 
 @te fatten/ they had. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) tjatte nid)t/ I had not 
 2)u tjatteft md)t/ thou hadst 
 
 not 
 (5r tjatte ntdjt/ he had not 
 <Ste fyatte nidjt/ she had not 
 &Bir fatten md)t/ we had not 
 3^ fyattet ntd)t/ you had not 
 ©ie fatten md)t, they had not. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 £atte td) ? Had I ? 
 £aite# bu ? Hadst thou ? 
 
 4?atte er ? Had he ? 
 £atte fte ? Had she ? 
 fatten tt>tt ? Had we ? 
 
 $attet tyr ? Had you ? 
 fatten fte ? Had they ? 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 £atte id) nidjt ? Had I not ? 
 £atteft bu md;t ? Hadst thou 
 
 not? 
 #atte er ntcfyt ? Had he not ? 
 £atte fte nid)t ? Had she not ? 
 fatten rotr mci)t ? Had we 
 
 not? 
 4?attet ifc nid)t ? Had you not r 
 fatten fte nidjt? Had they 
 
 not? 
 
 Future Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 34 trerte fyaberi/ I shall, or 
 
 will have 
 2)u urirft fyaben, thou shalt, or 
 
 wilt have 
 G£c mtrb fyabm, he shall, or 
 
 will have 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) roerbe nid)t fyctben/ I shall, 
 
 or will not have 
 Sunrirft md)t fyaben, thou shall, 
 
 or wilt not have 
 (Sr. roirb titd)t fyaben, he shalL 
 
 or will not have 
 
29 
 
 $Bir werben fyaben, we shall, 
 
 or will have 
 3fyc werbet fyaben, you shall, 
 
 or will have 
 ©ie werben r/dbem they shall, 
 
 or will have. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 28erbe id) fyaben? Shall, or 
 
 will I have ? 
 SBBtrft bu t)aben? Shalt, or wilt 
 
 thou have ? 
 £Birb er fyctbert ? Shall, or will 
 
 he have ? 
 £3erben xoxx. fyaben ? Shall, or 
 
 will we have ? 
 *2Berbet i£)r i;aben ? Shall, or 
 
 will you have ? 
 SBerben fee fyaben? Shall, or 
 
 will they have ? 
 
 SBStt tt?erbennic()t t)aben# we shall, 
 
 or will not have 
 3t)r rcerbet ntcfet tyabeti/ you 
 
 shall, or will not have. 
 Bie roerben md)t fyaben/ they 
 
 shall, or will not have. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 SJerbe id) nutt fyaben ? Shall, 
 
 or will I not have ? 
 SBStrft bu md)t ^aben ? Shalt, 
 
 or wilt thou not have ? 
 2Birb er nidjt r>aben? Shall, 
 
 or will he not have? 
 SSerben ttrit tud)t fyaben ? Shall, 
 
 or will we not have ? 
 SBerbet ityt nidbt fyaben? Shall, 
 
 or will you not have ? 
 Herbert fie ntcbt tyabm ? Shall, 
 
 or will they not have ? 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Present 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) murbe ijaben/ I would, or 
 
 should have 
 iDutufirbeptjabeti/thouwouldst, 
 or shouldst have 
 
 <5r rourbe t)aben, he would, or 
 
 should have 
 2Btr tpurben fyaUxii we would, 
 
 or should have 
 3fyc rcurbet rjaben/ you would, 
 
 or should have 
 Sie rourben fyabzxx, they would? 
 
 or should have. 
 
 Tense. 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) tourbe nidit t)aben/ I would, 
 
 or should not have 
 £>u ttmrbeft ntd)t fyaben/ thou 
 
 wouldst, or shouldst not 
 
 have 
 Sr xvixxbe ntdjt fyaben, he would, 
 
 or should not have 
 SBStr murben nid)t tyabeii/ we 
 
 would, or should not have 
 3§r rourbet nid)t bjaben, you 
 
 would, or should not have 
 <Ste ttmrben ntd)t tjaben/ they 
 
 would/ or should not have. 
 
 D 3 
 
30 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 SBurbe id) fyaben ? Would, or 
 
 should I have ? 
 SBSrbejibu f)aben? Wouldst, or 
 
 shouldst thou have ? 
 
 SBurbe er fyaben ? Would, or 
 
 should he have ? 
 SBurben rotr fyaben ? Would, 
 
 or should we have ? 
 SBurbet ifyr Ijaben? Would, or 
 
 should you have? 
 SBurben fte fyaben ? Would, or 
 
 should they have ? 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 SBurbe id) nid)t fyaben ? Would, 
 
 or should I not have ? 
 Sffiurbejr bu md)t fyabert ? 
 
 Wouldst, or shouldst thou 
 
 not have ? 
 SBurbe er ntd)t t)aben ? Would, 
 
 or should he not have ? 
 2Burbenttnrntd}t fyabert ? Would, 
 
 or should we not have ? 
 SBurbet tfyr ntd)tt)aben ? Would, 
 
 or should you not have ? 
 SBurben fie ntd)t fyaben ? Would, 
 
 or should they not have ? 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Affirmatively* 
 $qU (bu)/ have (thou) 
 $abz er/ let him have 
 
 $aUn roto let us have 
 
 £abt (tt)r)/ do you have 
 £aben [u, let them have. 
 
 Negatively. 
 %ake (bu) nid)t, do not have 
 £abe er mcfyr, do not let him 
 
 have 
 $aben ttrir nid)t/ do not let us 
 
 have 
 %aht tfyr nicrjt, do not have 
 Jgabcn fte md)t, do not let them 
 
 have. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 Affirmatively. Negatively. 
 
 £)a£ id) r;abe/ that I have Dafj id) ntd)t r;abe/ that I have 
 
 not 
 £af bu 'gabeft? that thou have £)afj bu nid)t fyabejl, that thou 
 
 have not 
 >Dag er %aU, that he have Oaf er nid)t fyabe/ that he have 
 
 not 
 
31 
 
 Dag ttric fyaben, that we have Dag nrir nidjt Ijaben, that we 
 
 have not 
 Dag tyr ^abet/ that you have Dag "ifjr ntc^t t)abet/ that you 
 
 have not 
 Dag fte Ijaben/ that they have. Dag fie nicJjt tjaben/ that they 
 
 have not. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively . Negatively. 
 
 SBenn id) i)dtte, if I had ££enn id) nidjt fjdtte, if I had 
 
 not 
 2£enn tu t)dtte{l/ if thou hadst 2£enn bu nidjt tjdtteft, if thou 
 
 hadst not 
 SKenn er t)dtte/ if he had SSknn er nidjt fjatte/ if he had 
 
 not 
 ££enn roir fatten, if we had Sffienn nnr nidjt fatten/ if we 
 
 had not 
 £8enn tfjr fedttet, if you had 2Benn tl)t nidjt tjdttet, if you 
 
 had not 
 28enn jte fatten/ if they had. SEcnn fte nidjt fatten/ if they 
 
 had not. 
 
 Compounded Form. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. Negatively. 
 
 3d) $abz getjabt, I have had 3d) fyabe nidjt gefjabt, I have 
 
 not had 
 Du fjafr gcbabt/ thou hast had Du fyaft nidjt getjabt/ thou hast 
 
 not had 
 <Sr fyat geljabt/ he has had dt tyat nidjt gefjabt/ he has not 
 
 had 
 SSir fyaben gefjabt, we have had 2Bir fyaben nidjt gefjabt, we have 
 
 not had 
 3fyr ijabet Q&abt f you have had 3^c fyabet nidjt getjabt/ you have 
 
 not had 
 ©te fyaben getjabt/ they have Sie tjaben nidjt getjabt/ they 
 had. have not had. 
 
32 
 
 Interrogatively. Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 
 •£abe ify gefyabt ? Have I had ? Jgabe id) md)t getjabt ? Have I 
 
 not had ? 
 
 £aft \m getyabt? Hast thou *g>aft bu ntdjt gebabt? Hast 
 
 had ? thou not had ? 
 
 gat er getjabt ? Has he had ? Jfrat er nidjt gefyabt ? Has he 
 
 not had ? 
 
 #aben rmr ge^abt ? Have we «£>aben rrrir mcftt geljabt ? Have 
 
 had we not had ? 
 
 Sbabzt tt>u gefyabt? Have you $abet t§r nid)t ge^abt ? Have 
 
 had ? you not had ? 
 
 Soabzn fte gefyabt ? Have they £ctben fte ntcbt geqctbt ? Have 
 had ? they not had ? 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. Negatively. 
 
 3d) fyatte gefyabr/ I had had 3$ fyatte nid)t ger>abt, I had 
 
 not had 
 Du tyatteft ge^abt/ thou hadst 2>u fyatteft n£d)t gefyabt, thou 
 
 had hadst not had 
 
 (5r battc ge^abf/ he had had (gr tjatte nicfyt gefyabt, he had 
 
 not had 
 2£tr fatten gebjabt, we had had Sffitr fatten ntd)t gefyabt/ we had 
 
 not had 
 3fjr ^attet gefyabt, you had had 3$t tjattet ntd)t getjabt, you had 
 
 not had 
 ©tc fatten gefyabt, they had <2te fatten md)t getyabt/ they 
 had. had not had. 
 
 Interrogatively. Interrogatively and Negatively, 
 
 Sbaitt id) geljabt ? Had I had? £atte td) md)t gefyabt ? Had I 
 
 not had ? 
 £atteft bu gefjabt? Hadst £attejl bu ntd)t getjabt ? Hadst 
 
 thou had ? thou not had ? 
 
 £atte er get;abt ? Had he had ? $attt er ntd)t get)abt ? Had he 
 
 not had? 
 
33 
 
 fatten ttit gefyabt ? Had we 
 
 had? 
 £attet tyt gefyabt ? Had you 
 
 had? 
 fatten fie gefyabt ? Had they 
 
 had? 
 
 fatten wit nid)t gebabt ? Had 
 
 we not had ? 
 Jgattet ityt inert Qthabt? Had 
 
 you not had ? 
 fatten fte ntd)t gefyabt? Had 
 
 thev not had ? 
 
 Future Tense, 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) roei-be getjabt ^aberi/ I shall, 
 
 or will have had 
 £)u nrirfr gefyabt fyaben, thou 
 
 shalt, or wilt have had 
 
 @r tt)trb getyabt fyabeti/ he shall, 
 
 or will have had 
 3Btr roerben gefyabt fyaben, we 
 
 shall, or will have had 
 
 3^r roerbet gefyabt tjaben/ you 
 shall, or will have had 
 
 && merben gefyabt fyaben, they 
 shall, or will have had. 
 
 Negatively, 
 3cb r&erbe ntd)t getjabt t;abeti/ I 
 
 shall, or will not have had 
 £u urirjt ntd)t gebabt fyaben, 
 
 thou shalt, or wilt not have 
 
 had 
 (ix with nicH gebabt fyabeii/ he 
 
 shall, or will not have had 
 3Btt irerben nid)t gefyabt fyaben/ 
 
 we shall, or will not have 
 
 had 
 3fyr roerbet md)t gefyabt fyaben./ 
 
 you shall, or will not 
 
 have had 
 @tc werben nidt getjabt fyaben/ 
 
 they shall, or will not have 
 
 had. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 SBerbe id) ge^abt fjaben ? Shall, 
 or will I have had ? 
 
 SBirft bu gefyabt fyaben ? Shalt, 
 or wilt thou have had ? 
 
 2Btrb er. gefyabt Ijaben ? Shall, 
 or will he have had ? 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 3Betbe id) Hid): ge:abt fyaben ? 
 
 Shall, or will I not have 
 
 had? 
 gBtrji bit md)t gefyabt fyaben ? 
 
 Shalt, or wilt thou not 
 
 have had ? 
 $3tri> er ntdjt gebabc fyabenr 
 
 Shall, or will he not have 
 
 had? 
 
34 
 
 SScrbcn ir>tv gc^abt t)abcn ? Shall, 
 or will we have had' 
 
 SBerbet u)r ge^abt rjaben ? Shall, 
 or will you have had ? 
 
 uSerben fie qetyabt fyaben? Shall, 
 or will they have had ? 
 
 SBecben tpir ntcfyt ge^abt ^aben ? 
 
 Shall, or will we not have 
 
 had? 
 SKSerbet ifyr md)t ge^abt fyaben ? 
 
 Shall, or will you not have 
 
 had? 
 Berben fte nid)t ge^abt fjaben ? 
 
 Shall, or will they not have 
 
 had? 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 Past 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) wurbegebabt babeii/I should, 
 or would have had 
 
 2)u vpurbef: gefyabt $aben# thou 
 shouldst, or wouldst have 
 had 
 
 Qt umrbe ge^abv fyaberw he 
 should, or would have had 
 
 SKr untrfcen gefyabt t)Qben/ we 
 should, or would have had 
 
 3£)t murbet gefyabt fyaberi/ you 
 should, or would have had 
 
 ©te rourben ge^abt fyaben, they 
 should, or would have had. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 
 SBfobe tcbgefyabt fyaben? Would, 
 
 or should I have had ? 
 
 Tense. 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) n?urbe md)t geljabt fyaberi/ I 
 
 should, or would not have 
 
 had 
 £>u rourbeji nicftt getjabt t)aben ; 
 
 thou shouldst, or wouldst 
 
 not have had 
 @r rofirbe ntcbt ge^abt ^aben, he 
 
 should, or would not have 
 
 had 
 2£tr rourben nidjt gcl;abt fyaberi/ 
 
 we should, or would not 
 
 have had 
 Sfyr nmrbet nidjt gefyabt fyaben, 
 
 you should, or would not 
 
 have had 
 ©ie rourben nicfyt $efyabt tyabeti/ 
 
 they should, or would not 
 
 have had. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 SBfiube id) nidbt getjabt fyaben ? 
 
 Would, or should I not 
 
 have had ? 
 
35 
 
 SQSfirbcffc bit qefyabt tyaben ? 
 Wouldst, or shouldst thou 
 have had ? 
 
 2£urbe er get;abt fyaben ? Would, 
 or should he have had ? 
 
 SBurben \v\t gefyctbt fyaben ? 
 
 Would, or should we have 
 
 had? 
 SBurbet tyv gebabt fyaben? 
 
 Would, or should you 
 
 have had ? 
 fBSurben fte gefectbt fyabtn ? 
 
 Would, or should they 
 
 have had ? 
 
 22urbejt bit nicfet ge^abt fyaben ? 
 
 Wouldst, or shouldst thou 
 
 not have had ? 
 SSurbe er ntcfyt gefyabt bjabea ? 
 
 Would, or should he not 
 
 have had ? 
 fSSurben ttrir md)t gefyabt fjaben ? 
 
 Would, or should we not 
 
 have had ? 
 2£utbet ibr nid)t getjabt fjaben ? 
 
 Would, or should you not 
 
 have had ? 
 2$urben fte nid)t Qtyabt fyaben ? 
 
 Would, or should they not 
 
 have had ? 
 
 Potential Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 Affirmatively. Negatively. 
 
 3d) fann fyaben/ I can have 3$ fann nid)t fyaben, I cannot 
 
 have 
 Du fannft tjaberi/ thou canst £u fannft nid)t t)aben/ thou 
 
 have canst not have 
 
 G£r fann fyabeiv he can have (§r fann nidjt fyaben/ he cannot 
 
 have 
 §8$ir fonnen fyaben/ we can have SGStr fonnen nidbt fyaben/ we 
 
 cannot have 
 3*)t f6nnet fyaben, you can 3$r fonnet ntdjt tyaben/ you 
 
 have cannot have 
 
 @te fonnen fyctben/ they can (gtc fonnen nid)t fyabeti/ they 
 have. cannot have. 
 
 Interrogatively. Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 
 Mann i§ tyabzn ? Can I have ? Mann i§ nidjt fyaben ? Can I 
 
 not have ? 
 ftannft bu fyaben? Canst thou fannft bu ntcbt f)aben ? Canst 
 have ? thou not have ? 
 
36 
 
 ^ann er i)aben? Can he have? 
 
 $6rmen toil t)aben ? Can we 
 
 have ? 
 bonnet ity i)oben? Can you 
 
 have ? 
 £6nnen fte t)aben? Can they 
 
 have ? 
 
 £ann er nid)t fyaben ? Can he 
 
 not have ? 
 £6nnen ttrir ntd)t kabm? Can 
 
 we not have ? 
 bonnet it)r md)t tyaben? Can 
 
 you not have ? 
 £6nnen fte ntd)t fyaben ? Can 
 
 they not have ? 
 
 The Auxiliary and Neuter Verb (gjetn, to be. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) bin/ I am 
 £>u btji/ thou art 
 (St ift, he is 
 (Ste tfl/ she is 
 2Btt ftnb/ we are 
 3t)c fetb/ you are 
 ©ie ftnb/ they are. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 23in id) ? Am I ? 
 SBijl bu ? Art thou ? 
 3ft er ? Is he ? 
 3ft fte ? Is she ? 
 ©tn& ttnr ? Are we ? 
 ©etb 3^ ? Are you ? 
 ©inb fte ? Are they ? 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) bin nid)t/ I am not 
 SDu toft ntd)t/ thou art not 
 Gsr tjt ntd)t, he is not 
 ©te tjt md)t/ she is not 
 2Btr ftnb ntdjt/ we are not 
 3*)r fetb md)t/ you are not 
 ©te ftnb nid)t/ they are not. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 SBin id) ntd)t ? Am I not ? 
 SBtjl bu ntd)t? Art thou not? 
 3ft er md)t ? Is he not ? 
 3ft fte ntd)t ? Is she not ? 
 ©tnb tt>ir mcbt ? Are we not ? 
 ©cib i^r ntd)t? Are you not? 
 ©tnb fte md)t? Are they not? 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) roar/ I was 
 £)u rrxtrjr/ thou wast 
 (£r rear/ he was 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) mar ntd)t, I was not 
 £)u trarjr md)t/ thou wast not 
 (5r wax md)t/he was not 
 
37 
 
 ©tc war/ she was 
 SBir »areri/ we were 
 St)t waret, you were 
 ©ie waren/ they were, 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 $&at id) ? Was I ? 
 SBarjt bu ? Wast thou ? 
 fffiar er ? Was he ? 
 2Bar fte ? Was she ? 
 5 2Baren wtr ? Were we ? 
 28aret tyr ? Were you ? 
 SBaren fte ? Were they ? 
 
 (§?t€ war md)t/ she was not 
 9Bir waren ntd)t, we were not 
 3fyt rraret ntdjt/ you were not 
 (£ie raaten nid)t/ they were not. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 SBar id) nid)t ? Was I not ? 
 SBarjrbumdjt? Wast thou not? 
 2Bar er md)t ? Was he not ? 
 SBar fte nicf)t ? Was she not ? 
 2£aren wtr ntdE>t ? Were we not ? 
 S£aretu)tntd)t? Were you not? 
 SBaren fte nidjt ? Were they 
 not ? 
 
 Compound Forms. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. Negatively. 
 
 34) bin gewefen, I have been 3d) bin nid)t gewefen, I have 
 
 not been 
 £)u bifr gewefeti/ thou hast been £)u btft titer; t gewefen/ thou hast 
 
 not been 
 dt ifr gewefen, he has been Grr if: ni<§t gewefen/ he has not 
 
 been 
 ©ie tjt gewefen/ she has been ©te ift nidjt geraefen/ she has 
 
 not been 
 2Btr ftnb gewefeti/ we have been 2Btr ftnb nid)t gewefeti/ we have 
 
 not been 
 3fyr fetb gewefen/ you have been 3^ fetb nid)t gewefen/ you have 
 
 not been 
 ©ie ftnb gewefen/ they have <Sie ftnb mcf)t gewefen/ they 
 been. have not been. 
 
 Interrogatively. Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 
 23in id) gewefen ? Have I £5in id) nicbt gcwefen ? Have 
 been ? I not been ? 
 
 E 
 
38 
 
 Sift bu geroefen ? Hast thou 
 
 been ? 
 3ft cr geroefen ? Has he been ? 
 
 3ft fie geroefen ? Has she been ? 
 
 ! 2>tnb roir geroefen ? Have we 
 
 been ? 
 'Sett tfjr geroefen ? Have you 
 
 been ? 
 <Stnb fte geroefen? Have they 
 
 been ? 
 
 S3tft bu ntdjt geroefen ? Hast 
 
 thou not been ? 
 3ft er ntdjt geroefen? Has he 
 
 not been ? 
 3ft fte ntdjt geroefen ? Has she 
 
 not been ? 
 ©tnb roir nidjt geroefen? Have 
 
 we not been? 
 <§eib tfjr nidjt geroefen ? 
 
 you not been ? 
 ©inb fte nidjt geroefen ? 
 
 they not been ? 
 
 Have 
 Have 
 
 Compound Forms. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) waz geroefen/ I had heen 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) war nid)t geroefen/ I had 
 not been 
 £)u roarft geroefen, thou hadst £>u roarft nidjt geroefen/ thou 
 
 been 
 (Sir roar geroefen/ he had been 
 
 hadst not been 
 @r war ntdjt geroefen/ he had 
 not been 
 @te roar geroefen/ she had been ©te roar ntdjt geroefen/ she had 
 
 not been 
 2Bir roaren geroefen/ we had SBSir roaren ntdjt geroefen/ we 
 
 been had not been 
 
 3£jr roaret geroefen/ you had 3^ roaret ntdjt geroefen/ you 
 
 been had not been 
 
 ©te roaren geroefen/ they had @te roaren ntdjt geroefen/ they 
 been. had not been. 
 
 Interrogatively. Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 
 28ar id) geroefen ? Had I been ? SGktr tdj nidjt geroefen ? Had 
 
 I not been ? 
 2Barft bu geroefen ? Hadst thou SBarft bu ntdjt geroefen ? Hadst 
 been ? thou not been ? 
 
39 
 
 §Bac er gercefen r Had he been ? 
 
 3Bar fte gercefen? Had she 
 
 been ? 
 SBaren wit gemefen ? Had we 
 
 been ? 
 SBaret ifyi geme[en? Had you 
 
 been? 
 Sffiaren fte gereefen? Had they 
 
 been ? 
 
 Future 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) tttfrbe fetn/ I shall, or will 
 
 be 
 *Du ttrirft fetn/ thou shalt, or 
 
 wilt be 
 <5r ttnrb fcin# he shall, or will 
 
 be 
 *Ste rotrb fetn/ she shall, or 
 
 will be 
 2£tr roerben fetn/ we shall, or 
 
 will be 
 Sfyr roerbet fetn/ you shall, or 
 
 will be 
 ©te merben fetn/ they shall, or 
 
 will be. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 
 SGSerbe id) fetn ? 
 
 I be? 
 SBtr ji bu fetn ? 
 
 thou be ? 
 SBirb er fetn ? 
 
 he be? 
 SBirb fte fetn ? 
 
 she be ? 
 
 Shall, or will 
 
 Shalt, or wilt 
 
 Shall, or will 
 Shall, or will 
 
 SSktr er nid)t geroefen r Had 
 
 he not been ? 
 £Bac fte nidjt gercefen? Had 
 
 she not been ? 
 SOSaren mir ntdjt ge&efen ? Had 
 
 we not been ? 
 SBaret ttyr mcf)t gewefen ? Had 
 
 you not been ? 
 gSaren fte ntd)t getrefen? Had 
 
 they not been ? 
 
 Tense. 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) rcerbe md)t fetn/ I shall, or 
 
 will not be 
 £>u tt>trfr md)t fetn/ thou shalt, 
 
 or wilt not be 
 (5r tvizb ntd)t fetn/ he shall, or 
 
 will not be 
 @ie rotrb ntd)t fetn/ she shall, or 
 
 will not be 
 £8tr roerben nid)t fetn/ we shall 5 
 
 or will not be 
 3t)r rcerbet nidjt fetn/ you shall, 
 
 or will not be 
 ©ie rcerben md)t fetn/ they shall, 
 
 or will not be. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 SBerbe id) ntd)t fetn ? Shall, or 
 
 will I not be ? 
 SBBtrft bu nicfit fetn ? Shalt, or 
 
 wilt thou not be ? 
 SfBtrb er md)t fetn ? Shall, or 
 
 will he not be ? 
 SBirb fte nidjt fein ? Shall, or 
 
 will she not be ? 
 
40 
 
 SEBerten mir fetn ? Shall/ or 
 
 will we be ? 
 SBerbet fyt fein ? Shall, or 
 
 will you be ? 
 2£erben fie fetn ? Shall, or 
 
 will they be ? 
 
 Compound Forms of 
 Affirmatively. 
 3$ merbe gemefen fein# I shall, 
 
 or will have been 
 £!u mirjt gemefen fetn/ thou 
 
 shalt, or wilt have been 
 dt mtrb gemefen fetn/ he shall, 
 
 or will have been 
 Sir merben gemefen fetn/ we 
 
 shall, or will have been 
 
 3f)r merbet gemefen fein# you 
 shall, or will have been 
 
 ©ie merben gemefen fein/ they 
 shall, or will have been. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 Serbe id) gemefen fetn ? Shall, 
 or will I have been ? 
 
 fOStrft bit gemefen fetn ? Shalt, 
 or wilt thou have been ? 
 
 fBSivb er gemefen fetn ? Shall, 
 or will he have been ? 
 
 Serbenmtt gemefen fetn? Shall, 
 or will we have been ? 
 
 Serben mir ntcfjt fein? Shall, 
 
 or will we not be ? 
 SBerbet tf)t ntd)t fein ? Shall, 
 
 or will you not be ? 
 Serben fte nicfyt fein ? Shall, 
 
 or will they not be ? 
 the Future Tense. 
 
 Negatively. 
 3cf) merbe niefct gemefen fetn/ 1 
 
 shall, or will not have been 
 £u mtvfi nici)t gemefen fein/ thou 
 
 shalt, or wilt not have been 
 (5c mirb md)t gemefen fein, he 
 
 shall, or will not have been 
 SBtr merben nid)t gemefen fetn/ 
 
 we shall, or will not have 
 
 been 
 Sfyr merbet nidjt gemefen fein/ 
 
 you shall, or will not have 
 
 been 
 ©te merben nidjt gemefen fein/ 
 
 they shall, or will not 
 
 have been. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively, 
 SCerbe id) nidjt gemefen fetn ? 
 
 Shall, or will I not have 
 
 been ? 
 fSStrft bu ntd)t gemefen fein ? 
 
 Shalt, or wilt thou not 
 
 have been ? 
 SBtrb er nidjt gemefen fetn ? 
 
 Shall, or will he not have 
 
 been ? 
 SBSerben mir nid)t gemefen fein ? 
 
 Shall, or will we not have 
 
 been ? 
 
41 
 
 SOSerbet tfyr gercefen fetn ? Shall, 
 or will you have been ? 
 
 SBerben fie geroefen fetn ? Shall 5 
 or will they have been ? 
 
 fBerbet tyr nid)t gercefen fetn ? 
 
 Shall, or will you not have 
 
 been? 
 SBevben fte nicfjt gettefen fetn ? 
 
 Shall, or will they not 
 
 have been ? 
 
 Conditional Mood. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) rourbe fetn/ I would, or 
 
 should be 
 £)u timrbeffc fetrv thou wouldst, 
 
 or shouldst be 
 &t rcurbe fetn/ he would, or 
 
 should be 
 SQSir rtmrben fetn/ we would, or 
 
 should be 
 3fyr itmrbet fetn/ you would, or 
 
 should be 
 <Ste routben fetn/ they would, or 
 
 should be. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 Burbe id) fetn ? Would, or 
 
 should I be 
 Sffiurbeft bu fein ? Wouldst, or 
 
 shouldst thou be ? 
 2Burbe er fetn ? Would, or 
 
 should he be ? 
 SOSurben ttrir fetn ? Would, or 
 
 should we be ? 
 SB&firbet tyr fetn ? Would, or 
 
 should you be ? 
 aBfirben fte fetn ? Would, or 
 
 should they be ? 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) rcurbe ntd)t fetn/ I would, 
 
 or should not be 
 £)u rofabeft md)t fetn/ thou 
 
 wouldst, or shouldst not be 
 (Sr rourbe ntdjt fetn/ he would. 
 
 or should not be 
 £Btr rcurben ntdbt fetn/ we 
 
 would, or should not be 
 3$* wurbet ntd)t fein/ you 
 
 would, or should not be 
 <Ste umrben ntd)t fetn, they 
 
 would,' or should not be. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 jE&urbe id) md)t fetn? Would, 
 
 or should I not be ? 
 S3urbeftbuntd)tfetn? Wouldst, 
 
 or shouldst thou not be ? 
 2Burbe er ntd)t fetn ? Would, 
 
 or should he not be? 
 ££urben wit md)t fetn? Would, 
 
 or should we not be ? 
 2£urbet tyr nid^t fein? Would, 
 
 or should you not be ? 
 Burben fte nid;t fetn? W T ould, 
 
 or should they not be ? 
 e 3 
 
42 
 
 Compound Forms of 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) rourbe geroefen fein, I would, 
 or should have been 
 
 £>u roffcbefi gercefen fein ; thou 
 wouldst, or shouldst have 
 been 
 
 (5c rourbe gercefen frity he 
 would, or should have been 
 
 SSic trurben gewefen fcth# we 
 
 would, or should have been 
 
 3f)t tt>urbet getrcfen fein/ you 
 would, or should have been 
 
 Bie rourben geruefen fetn/ they 
 would, or should have been. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 
 ^urbe id) gewefen fein? Would, 
 
 or should I have been ? 
 
 SBurbejt bu gewcfen fetn? 
 
 Wouldst, or shouldst thou 
 have been ? 
 5Burbe er geroefen fein? Would, 
 or should we have been ? 
 
 -&urben trie geirefen fein ? 
 
 Would, or should we have 
 
 been ? 
 SBSftrbet tijr geroefen fein ? 
 
 Would, or should you have 
 
 been ? 
 
 the Conditional Mood. 
 Negatively. 
 Set) trurbe tudjt gewcfen fein/ I 
 
 would, or should not have 
 
 been 
 £u rourbeft ntcl;t geroefen fein/ 
 
 thou wouldst, or shouldst 
 
 not have been 
 {Sr rourbe nid)t geroefen fein/ he 
 
 would, or should not have 
 
 been 
 SBStt n?urten nidjt gemefen fein/ 
 
 we would, or should not 
 
 have been 
 2>t)r nmrbct ntdjt geroefen fein/ 
 
 you would, or should not 
 
 have been 
 g>te trurben nidfjt gewefen fetn/ 
 
 they would,, or should not 
 
 have been. 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively, 
 SBurbe id) nidjt gewefen fein ? 
 
 Would, or should I not 
 
 have been ? 
 'Burbeft bu nid)t geroefen fein ? 
 
 W 7 ouldst, or shouldst thou 
 
 not have been ? 
 2£urbe er mcf)t geroefen fein ? 
 
 Would, or should he not 
 
 have been ? 
 fEuvten npir ntd)t geroefen fein ? 
 
 Would, or should we not 
 
 have been ? 
 Sffifirbet ifyr nid)t geroefen fetn ? 
 
 Would, or should vou not 
 
 have been ? 
 
48 
 
 SBfaben fie geroefen fein ? SBSurten fie nidjt geroefen fein ? 
 Would, or should they Would, or should they not 
 
 have been ? have been ? 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 
 Affirmatively. Negatively, 
 
 ^et b\Xf be (thou) ©ei bu md)t, be (thou) not 
 
 Eei ttt let him be (set er ntdjt/ let him not be 
 
 (Set fie/ let her be (Set fie nid)t, let her not be 
 
 Set e§/ let it be @et eS nicfct/ let it not be 
 
 ©ein mio let us be (Sent wic nid)t/ let us not be 
 
 <Setb tyv, be (ye, or you) ®tib tfyt md)t/ be (ye, or you) 
 
 not 
 
 ©ein fie/ let them be. <Sein fie nidjt/ let them not be. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. Negatively. 
 
 &afj id) fet/ that I be £tafi id) nid)t fet/ that I be not 
 
 Dctjj bu feift/ that thou be £af? bu nid)t fetjt/ that thou be 
 
 not 
 Tag er fet/ that he be £>afj er ntdfjt fei/ that he be not 
 
 £>afj fie few that she be £ag fie md)t fet/ that she be not 
 
 £)af e6 fet/ that it be £5afj eg ntdjt fet/ that it be not 
 
 £ag nrir feten/ that we be £aj$ ruir nid)t feten/ that we be 
 
 not 
 £)afj tyt fetet, that you be £q$ tfyr ntd)t fetet, that you be 
 
 not 
 £aj? fie feten/ that they be. £>ajj fie nid)t feten, that they be 
 
 not. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. Negatively. 
 
 SBenn id) rodre/ if I were SBenntd) nidjt ware/if I were not 
 
 SKSenn bu redveft/ if thou wert 5Benn bu nid)t rodtejT/ if thou 
 
 wert not 
 fSScnn er trdve/ if he were S8knnerntcfytware/ifhe were not 
 
44 
 
 &£enn fte toaxe t if she were SGSenn fte md)t ware/ if she 
 
 were not 
 2Benn eg mare, if it were 5BenneSnid)ttt>are,ifitwere not 
 
 28enn ttrir rodren, if we were SBenn ttur nid)t rodrert/ if we 
 
 were not 
 SSenn ttjr wdret, if you were SBenn tfyr nid)t rodret, if you 
 
 were not 
 2Benn fte tcarem if they were. SBenn fte nid)t wdren, if they 
 
 were not. 
 
 The Verb Sfyim, to do. 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 34 tyue, I do 
 £)u t^uji/ thou dost 
 (5r tyut, he does 
 ©te tfyut/ she does 
 (S3 tfyut, it does 
 SBtr tf)un, we do 
 3fyr tfyut, you do 
 ©te tl;un/ they do. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 £f)Ueirf)? Do I? 
 $&uft bu ? Dost thou ? 
 
 Si)ut er ? Does he ? 
 Styut fte ? Does she ? 
 £&ut e$ ? Does it ? 
 Sfcun ttrir ? Do we ? 
 £§ut tfyr ? Do you ? 
 £§un fte ? Do they ? 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) t^at/ I did 
 2)u tfyatejl, thou didst 
 
 Negatively. 
 3$ tljue mrf)t/ I do not 
 £)u t^uft mdf)t/ thou dost not 
 @r t$ut ntd)t, he does not 
 @ie ttyut nid)t/ she does not 
 (56 tfyut md)t, it does not 
 SBtr tfyun nfd)i> we do not 
 3fyr tfyut md)t/ you do not 
 ©ic tt)un nid)t, they do not. 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 Sfyue id) nidjr ? Do I not ? 
 SEtyuft bu md)t? Dost thou 
 
 not? 
 Z\)\xt er ntd)t ? Does he not ? 
 Sfjut fte md)t ? Does she not? 
 Zi)\xt eS nidr)t ? Does it not ? 
 Zfyun ttrir md)t ? Do we not ? 
 Sfyut ifjr ntd)t ? Do you not ? 
 Sfyun fte ntd)t ? Do they not ? 
 
 Imperfect Tense, 
 
 Negatively. 
 34 tyat nid)t/ 1 did not 
 £>u tfjatejt ntd)t, thou didst not 
 
45 
 
 (St tyat, he did @r tf)at ntdjt/ he did not 
 
 @te tt?at/ she did ©te t|)at ntdjt/ she did not 
 
 dt tfyat, it did d$ t^at nid)t, it did not 
 
 2Btt tfyafen, we did £8tr t^aten ntd)t, we did not 
 
 3fyr t^atet/ you did Sfyr ttyatet ntdjt/ you did not 
 
 @ie t^aten/ they did. 6te ttjaten ntd^t/ they did not. 
 
 Interrogatively. Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 
 Zfyatify} Did I? Zfyat id) ntd)t ? Did I not ? 
 
 ££)ateft bu ? Didst thou ? S&atejl &u md)t ? Didst thou 
 
 not? 
 
 £$at er. ? Did he ? Ztyat er ntdjt ? Did he not ? 
 
 Sfjat fte ? Did she ? SSfyrt fie md?t ? Did she not ? 
 
 Zfyat e6 ? Did it ? &§at e$ ntdjt ? Did it not ? 
 
 Zfyatm nut ? Did we ? Styatcn nrir ntdjt ? Did we not ? 
 
 Sfjatet ifjr ? Did you ? Sfjatet tyt ntd;t ? Did you not ? 
 
 Sljaten fte ? Did they ? Sfjaten fte ntdjt ? Did they not ? 
 
 The Regular Neuter Verb ©djer&etl, to jest. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. Negatively. 
 
 3$ f emerge, I jest 3d) fdjerge ntcbt/ I do not jest 
 
 2)u fdjcrjej!/ thou jestest £)u fdjergejt ntdjt/ thou dost not 
 
 jest 
 (Sr fdjer$t, he jests (gr fdjer^t ntdjt, he does not jest 
 
 2£tr fd)er§en/ we jest 2Btr fd;er§en nidjt/ we do not 
 
 jest 
 3fjr fdjerjet, you jest 3r;r fdjerget ntdjt/ you do not 
 
 jest 
 Sie fdjerjen, they jest. @te fdjeqen ntdjt/ they do not 
 
 jest. 
 Interrogatively. Interrogatively and Negatively, 
 
 ^djerje tdj ? Do I jest ? ©djerae id) ntdjt ? Do I not 
 
 jest r 
 
46 
 
 sd&erjcft bu? Dost thou jest? ®d>er$ej* bu nid)t ? Dost thou 
 
 not jest ? 
 
 ^d)er$t er ? Does he jest ? 
 ^cfyergen nrir ? Do we jest ? 
 @d)er5et ibr ? Do you jest ? 
 ®d)ersen fie ? Do they jest r 
 
 Sd)er$t er nid)t ? Does he not 
 
 jest? 
 <5d)er$en roir ntdjt ? Do we not 
 
 jest? 
 Sdjer^et tyt ntdjt ? Do you not 
 
 jest? 
 <Sd)er§en fte nid^t ? Do they 
 
 not jest ? 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) federate/ I jested 
 £)u fefyeqteft/ thou jestedst 
 
 @r fcrjerjte/ he jested 
 
 SBSir fd)er§ten; we jested 
 
 3f)r fdjcrjtet/ you jested 
 
 Sic fcfyeraten, they jested. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 @d)er$te id) ? Did I jest ? 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) frter^te ntdbt, I did not jest 
 3)u fd)er§te(l ntdbt/ thou didst 
 
 not jest 
 <£r fdjerjte ntd&t/ he did not 
 
 jest 
 §B$fr fdjergten nid)t/ we did not 
 
 jest 
 Styr fdjerjtet nidfot/ you did not 
 
 jest 
 Sie fdierjten nid)t, they did not 
 
 jest. 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 (gd)er$te id) ntdjt ? Did I not 
 jest? 
 Sd)er$teftbu? Didst thou jest? (Sd)er§teft bu ntd)t ? Didstthou 
 
 not jest? 
 Sdjerste er ? Did he jest ? S*ergte er nid)t ? Did he not 
 
 not jest? 
 ©djerjten n?tr ? Did we jest ? Sd)er§ten rotr rtidjt ? Did you 
 
 not jest ? 
 Sd)er§tet tyx ? Did you jest ? ©djjergtet tt)r ntdjt ? Did you 
 
 not jest ? 
 Sd)er$ten fte ? Did they jest ? ©cr.erjten fte ntd)t ? Did they 
 
 not jest ? 
 
47 
 
 Future 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) roerbe fd)ergen/ I shall or 
 
 will jest 
 £)u nrirfi fd^crjen/ thou shalt or 
 
 wilt jest 
 (Sr nritb fdjcrgen/ he shall or 
 
 will jest 
 SQSir roerben fcfyersetv we shall 
 
 or will jest 
 3*)t roerbet fdjer^en/ you shall 
 
 or will jest 
 (Sie roerben fcber jen/ they shall 
 or will jest. 
 
 Tense. 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) werbe nidjt fdjergen, 1 shall 
 
 or will not jest 
 5)u nrirji nid)t fd)er$en/ thou 
 
 shalt or wilt not jest 
 <Sr ttrirb nid)t fct)er$en, he shall 
 
 or will not jest 
 SBtr merben mcf)t (emergen, we 
 
 shall or will not jest 
 3^ n?erb€t ntdfjt fdjerjen/ you 
 
 shall or will not jest 
 @te roerben xiidjt (emergen, they 
 
 shall or will not jest 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 SBerbe id) fcfcerjen ? Shalll jest? 
 
 SBtrft bu fd&erjen ? Wilt thou 
 
 jest? 
 28itb er fd)ergcn ? Will he jest ? 
 
 Sfiktben roir fcfjerjen ? Shall we 
 
 jest? 
 SBerbct ifyr fdjcr $en ? Will you 
 
 jest? 
 SBerben fte fdjerjen ? Will they 
 
 jest ? 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 SSerbe id) nidfjt fdjer^en ? Shall 
 
 I not jest ? 
 SBirjl bu md)t fcfcerjen ? Wilt 
 
 thou not jest ? 
 SStrb er nidftt fdjeqen ? Will 
 
 he not jest ? 
 SBerben wit nid&t frf)er§en ? Shall 
 
 we not jest ? 
 SBerbet ttyr mrf)t fcfyergen ? Will 
 
 you not jest? 
 SSerben ftc nidfjt fdjerjen ? Will 
 
 they not jest? 
 
 Compound Forms of the Future Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3$ roetbe gefd)er§t fytbenj shall 
 or will have jested 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) roerbe nicfyt gef^ergt fyabtn, 1 
 shall or will not have jested 
 
48 
 
 £)u fctntft gefd^r^t ^abcri/ thou 
 shalt or wilt have jested 
 
 Qti nnrb gefd)eqt tyaben/he shall 
 
 or will have jested 
 2£tr werben gefd^er^t fyaben, we 
 
 shall or will have jested 
 
 3t)r rcerbet gefierjt taben, you 
 shall or will have jested 
 
 <Ste roerben ge[d)er$t *)aben/ they 
 shall or will have jested. 
 
 £)u wtrffc ntd)t gefd)ergt f)aben, 
 
 thou shalt or wilt not have 
 
 jested 
 (5r roirb nid)t gefdjer^t fjabeti/ he 
 
 shall or will not have jested 
 2$tt roerben ntdjt gefd)er$t t)aben/ 
 
 we shall or will not have 
 
 jested 
 3§r werbet md)t gcfdjerat fyiben, 
 
 you shall or will not have 
 
 jested 
 (£ie it>evben nid)t gefd&erjt fyctben, 
 
 they shall or will not have 
 
 jested. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 SSSerbe id) gefcrjergt fyaben ? 
 Shall, or will I have jested? 
 
 SBir(^ bu 9efd;et$f tyaben ? Shalt, 
 or wilt thou have jested ? 
 
 &Mi*b er gefdieqt ijaben ? Shall, 
 or will he have jested ? 
 
 SSerben xoxx gefd)er§t fyaben ? 
 
 Shall, or will we have 
 
 jested ? 
 
 SSerbet tt)r gefd;erat Ijaben? 
 
 Shall, or will you have 
 
 jested ? 
 
 SBerben fte gefd^ergt fyt&en? 
 
 Shall, or will they have 
 
 jested ? 
 
 Interrogatively and Negatively. 
 SBSerbe tcb ntdbt gefdrjerst tyabert ? 
 
 Shall, or will I not have 
 
 jested ? 
 SBStrft bu ntdjt gefcbergt fyaben ? 
 
 Shalt, or wilt thou not have 
 
 jested? 
 2Btrb er nidjt geftfjerjt fyaben ? 
 
 Shall, or will he not have 
 
 jested ? 
 £Berbenttrit md)t gcfdjergt fyaben? 
 
 Shall, or will we not have 
 
 jested ? 
 SBetbet u)r. ntcfet gcfdjergt fyaben? 
 
 Shall, or will you not have 
 
 jested? 
 SSerben fte ntd)t gefd>cr^t fyaben ? 
 
 Shall, or will they nothave 
 
 jested? 
 
49 
 
 Compound Forms of the Present Tense. 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 3d) t)abe gefefyerjt, I have jested 
 
 £)u fyafl Qefdjergt, thou hast 
 
 jested 
 (gr fyat gefdjergt/ he has jested 
 
 fBtt tjabcn gcfd)er§t/ we have 
 
 jested 
 Sfyt ^obet gefdjecjt, you have 
 
 jested 
 ©ie fyctben gefdjerjt/ they have 
 
 jested. 
 
 Negatively. 
 3d) fyabe ntdftt gefdjergt, I have 
 
 not jested 
 £)u fyaft ntd)t gefdjer^t/thou hast 
 
 not jested 
 (Sr. f)at ntd)t Qefdjergt/ he has 
 
 not jested 
 28tr fyaben md)t gefd)er§t, we 
 
 have not jested 
 3t)r fyabet md)t gefdjergt, you 
 
 have not jested 
 <5ie tyaben md)t gefd^er^t, they 
 
 have not jested. 
 
 The student who has gone regularly through the pre- 
 ceding parts of this work will now be able, without any 
 further instruction, to write and speak the compound forms 
 of the above and of any other verb in the German language. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 THEORY OF GERMAN CONSTRUCTION, AND 
 PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF IT. 
 
 1. In the German language, the three essential parts of 
 any proposition, that is to say, the subject, the copula, and 
 the attribute, may be arranged in four different ways. In 
 what is generally termed the natural or direct order of con- 
 struction, the subject precedes the copula or verb, and the 
 attribute immediately follows the copula. In the inverted 
 order, the attribute may precede, and the subject follow 
 the copula ; or, the copula may precede the subject, followed 
 
50 
 
 by the attribute ; or, lastly, the subject may precede, and 
 the copula follow the attribute. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 3Retn SSruber fdjretbt etnen SSrief 5 etnen SSrief fdjreibt mete 
 HBruber; [cr-retbr mein SBruber cincn SBrief? STceir. SSruber etnen 
 SSrief fdpetbt* my brother is writing a letter. 
 
 2. Adjectives, and participles, considered as adjectives, 
 
 are in German, as in English, placed before the substan- 
 tives which they qualify; and when there is an adjective, 
 or a participle, with any words that depend on either, such 
 words are placed before the adjective or participle, but after 
 the article or pronoun. In this case, the article or pronoun 
 occupies the first place : the words which depend on the 
 adjective or participle, the second ; the adjective or parti- 
 ciple itself, the third ; and the substantive, modified by the 
 adjective or participle, the fourth. 
 Example. 
 
 Sin cjeaen jebermann Ircfltcrcr 5ftenfd), a man polite to every 
 body. 
 
 3. A genitive case, governed by a substantive, or an ad- 
 jective, with the article bcr, tie/ tas/ may be placed indiffer- 
 ently before or after the substantive by which it is governed: 
 
 Examples. 
 
 £er ©arlen be€ teniae, or beg SC&nigl ©arter,/ the garden of 
 the king, or the king's garden ; tie S3csr;ett ter 9Xen(d)enj or 
 
 ter Sftenfcr-ert SBceireit/ the wickedness of men, or men's 
 wickedness. 
 
 4. A proper name, in the genitive case, is almost invari- 
 ably placed before the governing' noun : as, @ellert€ gabeln, 
 Gellert's Fables ; £lo$fio£€ 9Reffta§j Klopstock's Messiah. 
 
 5. The verb in the infinitive mood, and the past partici- 
 ple, are placed at the end of their own member of the sen- 
 tence, that is to say, after all the words which depend on 
 them. 
 
51 
 
 Examples. 
 
 Gstnem fttefyenben geinbe etru golbene SSvucfe bauen, to build a 
 golden bridge for a flying enemy ; roir mrtzn morgen nact) 
 23erltn geben; we shall go to Berlin to-morrow ; ©te §ahz\\ 
 etne ©elegenfeeit gute SSud)er gu fauferi/ you have an opportunity 
 to buy good books ; fetn 23ruber feat bem £6ntg jwangtQ Safeve 
 gebient, his brother has served the king twenty years. 
 
 6. When a word that depends on an infinitive is explained 
 or determined by an incidental proposition, such proposition 
 may be placed either before or after the infinitive. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 (5tnen (Stnnmrf ma&vn, ber ntdjt gegtunbet v~x, or einen (Stnamrf/ 
 bee md)t gegtunbet tft, macfyeti/ to make an unfounded objection. 
 (Stnen sBrtef fd)retben^ ben 9?iemanb lefen !ann/ or einen 23rief, 
 ben ?Riemanb lefen fanm fcfytetben./ to write a letter which 
 nobody can read. (Stnen gcinb gu uberfallem ber nidit auf feiner 
 £ut tjr, or etnen getnb/ ber md)t auf feiner #ut tjr/ gu uberfallen; 
 to surprise an enemy who is not on his guard. (Sine (5rfld= 
 rung gu geben, Me bunfler tjl/ al§ tie ju erfldrenbe (Sacfre, or eine 
 (Srfldrung/ Me bunfler tft alS Me gu erfldrenbe ©acfce/ gu geben/ 
 to give a definition which is more obscure than the thing to 
 be defined. 
 
 7. When two or more infinitives, or participles, depend 
 on each other, that which is the first in English must be put 
 last in German. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 ©efeen xvo\Ur\, to wish to go. Scfcreifcen tonnem to be able 
 to write, ©efdhrteben gu fyaben/ to have written, ©pagteren 
 gefyen fonnen, to be able to go to walk. 3d) rcerbe md)t auS? 
 gefyen fonnen, I shall not be able to go out. 
 
 8. The verbs ftaben and fetn are often understood after a 
 participle, and, when several verbs or participles occur in 
 the same sentence, the auxiliary verb is not repeated, but is 
 placed alone at the end of the sentence. 
 
 Examples. 
 SSSetdjeS er md)t Mo§ gefagt, fonbern audf) gefefcriebem f)at, which 
 
52 
 
 he has not only said, but also written. ©d)&nf)etten, 5te ntd)t 
 $u befd)retben, fonbcrn nut §u fufyten, finb, beauties which are not 
 to be described, but only to be felt. 
 
 9. £)utfen, fonnen, laffen/ m6gen, muffen, fotten, roerben, roollen, 
 and all verbs in general, the principal use of which is to 
 limit the tenses and moods of other verbs, govern the infi- 
 nitive. 
 
 Examples, 
 
 9tt<f)t tfyun butfen, not to have permission to do. 9ttd)t 
 fd)lafen lonnen, not to be able to sleep, ©id) madjen taffen, to 
 have, or to get made, (gr mag fagen, maS er tt>ill, er muf? 
 fommen, he may say what he likes, but he must come. (5t 
 toollte 9ftd)t$ tfyun, fie fytegen tyn btnben, he would do nothing, 
 they ordered him to be bound. 3d) fjalf tt)m arbetten, 1 helped 
 him to work, (gr f)6rre mid) reben, he heard me talking. 
 <3ie lefyrte tyn fdjretben/ she taught him how to write. 3d) \af) 
 fie fommen, I saw them come, ©te fufylte t^re ^rdfte abnefymen, 
 she felt her strength decrease, ©ie fanben tt)n fd)lafen, they 
 found him asleep. 2Btt fanben fte auf ber (£rbe liegen, we found 
 them lying on the ground. 
 
 10. $eif$en, f)elfen, 5)6ren, fef)en, and the other verbs illus- 
 trated in the foregoing examples, butfen, I onnen, laffen, mogen, 
 muffen, and follen, governing another verb, cannot be used in 
 the participle, but must always remain in the infinitive 
 mood ; the verbs Ictjren and lernen, however, may be used 
 with equal propriety in the participle and infinitive. 
 
 Examples. 
 3d) §aU ii)n fommen fyetjjen (not gefyeijien), I have ordered 
 him to come. 3d) ^abe tfym fdjretben tjelfen (not geljolfen), 
 I have helped him to write. 3d) fyabt ttjn fpred)en ()6ren 
 (not gel)6rt), I have heard him speak. 3d) tyabz tyn mafylen 
 fetjen, I have seen him paint. 8te fatten auf mein fSSort trauen 
 butfen, you might have relied upon my word. 3d) fyabe tfym 
 mad)en laffen, I have had, or got made for him. 3d) tyabt tfui 
 nid)t fe^en roollen, I would not see him. (St tyat gefyen muffen, 
 he has been obliged to go. 3d) fyabe ifyn fpred)en lefcren, I 
 have taught hirn how to speak. @t f)at fie fennen gelernt, or 
 er fyat fte fennen lernen, he has become acquainted with her, 
 
53 
 
 ii. The German infinitive is usually preceded by the 
 preposition §u, when it simply expresses the object of an ac- 
 tion ; and, when it more particularly denotes the aim and 
 intention of an action, in addition to the above preposition, 
 it requires the particle urn, which is always separated from 
 $u by the case of the verb that is put in the infinitive mood. 
 Urn/ in this situation, is equivalent to the English words, in 
 order to, for the purpose of, to the end that, &c. &c. 
 Examples. 
 
 dv be^auptete tfyn gefefyen ju fyaben/ he asserted that he had 
 seen him. 3d) trad&rete mit ifym §u fpred)en/ I endeavoured to 
 speak to him. @r tjt- berett/ eg &u tfyun, he is ready to do it. 
 <5t tfyat fetn 9ft6gUd)fteg/ urn tfyn $u uberreben, he did all that he 
 could in order to persuade him. G*;r serfdumte 9tid)tg, urn eg 
 3tt erlcmgeri/ he neglected nothing in order to accomplish it. 
 
 12. 2Cnf(agen/ befcfyuibtgen, enttaben/ entlebigert/ uberfufyteti/ 
 beraubeti/ uberfyeben/ uber 5 eugen/ oerftc^ern/ erwdfynen, gebenfem 
 fd)onen/ Eertpetfen/ and many reciprocal verbs, govern the 
 genitive case. 
 
 - Examples, 
 
 (£t ift eineg SSerbtedieng befcfyulbigt, he is accused of a crime, 
 (St i|r feineg 5Serfpred)en6 entlebtgt/ he is absolved from his pro- 
 mise. Gsr erinnert fid) ber empfangenen SSofyltfyaten, he remem- 
 bers the kindness he has received. Q,t entfy&tt ftch biefer &ad)e f 
 he abstains from this thing. (Sr. bemdd)tigte fid) bee (Stabt/ he 
 made himself master of the town. 
 
 13. Verbs which govern the relation of time, place, and 
 manner, require the genitive case. 
 
 Examples, 
 
 ©eg Sftlorgeng/ be§ 9tad)tg, be§ SBormittagg/ beg Sagg, beg (Sonn^ 
 ragg/ beg SDftontagg/ ycozimai bt§ Safyreg fommen, to come in the 
 morning, in the night, in the forenoon, during the day, on 
 Sunday, on Monday, twice a year, ©eg 9Jtorgeng ober beg 
 2Cbenbg abretfen/ to set out in the morning or evening, ©eg 
 23ormtttagg fd)retberi/ beg ^ad)mtttagg fpajteren gefyeri/ to write in 
 the forenoon, to take a walk after dinner. dv mirb beg 
 9?ad)tg anfommen, he will arrive in the night. (Sonntagg unb 
 
 f 3 
 
54 
 
 9ttontag6 get)t bte ^offc ab, the post goes on Sundays and Mon- 
 days. (Sr fommt jwetmal beg SQtonatg, jweimal beg 3at)reg/ he 
 comes twice a month, twice a year. 
 
 14. In general, adverbs are placed immediately before 
 the word the signification of which they modify. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 (Sin 9 r u n b 1 1 d) gele^tter. Warm, & profoundly learned 
 man. Unenbltd) gut, infinitely good. 
 
 15. With finite verbs, the adverb nid)t is usually placed 
 at the end of the sentence ; but when there is a participle 
 or a verb in the infinitive mood, nid)t is put before such 
 participle or infinitive. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 3d) faf) tf)n biefen garden Sag nid)t, or ify ^aht tt)n ben ganjen 
 Sag ntd)t gefefyen/ I have not seen him the whole day. 3d) 
 fcnnte tfyn mcfyt i)5rcn/ I could not hear him. 
 
 16. When a negative and an adverb of time occur in the 
 same sentence, the latter is generally put before the former. 
 But when the temporal adverb is affected by the negative, 
 the adverb of negation is placed before the adverb of time. 
 
 Examples. 
 3$ fcbretbe tjeute nid)t, I do not write to-day. (Sr ttrirb nid)t 
 morgen/ fonbern ubermorgen/ tommen, he will not come to- 
 morrow, but the day after to morrow. 
 
 17. All the cases governed by the verb are put after it 
 in the simple tenses, and between the auxiliary and the par- 
 ticiple in the compound tenses. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 ©ie fet)en mi§, you see me. (Sr gab eg tym, he gave it to 
 him. <Ste t)aben mid) gefefyen, you have seen me. <£v fyatte eg 
 tbm gegeben/ he had given it to him. 
 
 18. When both a dative and accusative case follow the 
 verb, the dative usually precedes the accusative except for 
 the sake of emphasis, &c. 
 
55 
 
 Examples. 
 
 @r gtbr fctnem gceunbc 9tafy he gives his friend advice. 
 (5r fdhricb einen SSricf (etnem ^Bcuber/ he wrote a letter to his 
 brother. 
 
 19. When one of the two cases is a personal pronoun, it 
 is usually placed immediately after the verb, and when both 
 the cases are personal pronouns, the accusative generally 
 precedes the dative. 
 
 Examples, 
 
 £)er (Sinfiebfer fc|tc tynen glcif^ unb S&ein ^or, the hermit 
 set meat and wine before them, ©ie wanbten jtdj jebem met'&= 
 iDutbtgen ©egenftanbe git/ they turned aside to every thing 
 remarkable, ©te unter'nteiten ftd) mtt ben (Simrcfynern, they 
 conversed with the inhabitants, ©ic gibt eg tfmi/ she gives it 
 to him. (5 1* nannte fie mtr/ he named her to me. 
 
 20. The principal case of the verb is followed by the pre- 
 position and the substantive which it governs. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 £)te§ macrte einen tiefen (Stnbrucf auf unfere Binnet this made a 
 deep impression on our senses. SKetn QSefjIjranb fe|t metn 
 Seben in ©efafyt/ my prosperity puts my life in danger. 3<3) 
 babe funfge^n 3abre in ber ginfamfeit gelebt, I have lived fifteen 
 years in solitude. 
 
 21. The circumstances of //me and ^face precede the 
 principal case of the verb, except when the case of the verb 
 is a pronoun, and then the pronoun is placed immediately 
 after the verb. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 dx fdfcitfte oorgejtern ba$ ©elb fetnem gteunbe, he sent the 
 money to his friend the day before yesterday. 3* fanb tfyn 
 ccrgefrevn in 3Bien< I found him in Vienna the day before 
 yesterday. 
 
 22. The separable particles of compound verbs, past 
 participles, and verbs, in the infinitive mood, are placed at 
 the end of the sentence. 
 
56 
 
 Examples. 
 
 (SS fiel tt)m auf etnmal feine SRebe etn, he remembered his 
 discourse at once. Set Umgang mit aufgeflarten Seuten fyat 
 fetnen ©etji sur Sfteife gebradbt, intercourse with enlightened 
 persons has matured his understanding. 3d) fat) tie fd)tt>ar§e 
 ©cwittcrtoolfe fcfynetl uber ben SBSalb fatjren, I saw the black 
 storm-cloud pass swiftly over the wood. 3* bin berett, eud) 
 §u erlennen §u geben, 1 am prepared to let you know. 
 
 23. Conjunctions are usually placed at the beginning of 
 that member of a sentence which they connect ; but aber, 
 alfo/ aud), bafyer, bemnad), barum/ bennod), folgltd)/ befm>egen, 
 jebod), mit^tti, fonjf, and §war, are often placed at the distance 
 of several words from the beginning of the sentence. 
 
 24. The conjunctions obgletd) and obroofyt may be either 
 separated or not ; roenn nur and roenn aud) are often separated 
 by a pronoun in the nominative case. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 £>bgleid) td) e§ roeifj $ ob id& eg gtetd) mdjt wetj* ; obtpo^l i<§ tf)n 
 f enne 5 ob er mir gleid) befannt ifl: 5 roenn er nur roollte 5 u>enn et 
 aud) retd) t|r. 
 
 25. German prepositions are usually placed before the 
 case which they govern ; but fyalben, fyalber, ungead)tet, junriber, 
 entgegen, fytnburd), lang, gufolge, written (preceded by urn)/ nad), 
 and a few others are placed after their regimen. Ueber, in 
 the sense of lang, is placed after the case which it governs. 
 Sufolge, with a genitive case, precedes, but with a dative it 
 follows the word which it governs. 
 
 26. 2Cnftatt, ftatt, tjalben/ tyalber, aufjerfyalb, innerfyatb, ober^ 
 fyalb, untcr^alb/ fvaft, laut, mtttelji, cermitteljl, ungead)tet, unrceit, 
 unfern, oerm6gc, rcafyrenb, tregen, and tvo§, govern the genitive 
 case, and when fyalben or wegen is joined to a personal pro- 
 noun, a t is added to it. 
 
 27. 2Cu$/ auger, bet, entgegen, mit, nad), n&d&ji, nebji, IdngS, 
 fammt, feit, con, jur, and gutxriber, govern the dative. 
 
 28. £>urd), fur, gegen, urn, and rotber, govern the accusative 
 case. 
 
29. n dn f auf, fetnter/ in, neben, uber, ocr/ unter/ and 5ttifd)en, 
 govern the dative and accusative cases. 
 
 30. These prepositions govern the dative case, when the 
 sense points out a state of rest in a place, and also when the 
 verb indicates motion within a given or determined space, 
 without going from one place to another. When the verb 
 expresses motion from one place to another, or a certain 
 tendency towards any object, these prepositions govern the 
 accusative. S3or is often used when the verb expresses or 
 implies the idea of fear, defence, protection, or flight. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 (£t furd)tet ftd) eoe ©efpenftern/ he is afraid of ghosts. (&k 
 fdyjgt ftd) i>cr ber &&lte# she protects herself against the cold. 
 (Sr fltef)t cot bem getnbe, he flies before the enemy. 
 
 31. The compound prepositions, umber/ untermeg/ uber= 
 wcg# conauS, Donan* oonauf/ anftatt, oont)er, auf$U/ nadfou, auflcS/ 
 sorter/ sorbin/ ocrrceg/ t)inrerr;er/ ^intenbretn, umrotlten/ are sepa- 
 rated in such a manner that their regimen, or the case which 
 they govern, is placed in the middle, between their component 
 parts. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 (Sie ftunben u m ben -ISagen f) e x, they stood round the 
 waggon. £)aS gaffer lauft unter ber IBrucEc meg, the water 
 runs under the bridge. g)te £uget gtng uber metnem £cpf 
 m e g/ the ball went over my head. Q;r r^at mir Don -Bien 
 aug gefdjrteben, he has written to me from Vienna, (Sr tarn 
 oon ber (Stabt f) e r# he came from the side of the town. 
 2Bir fegeiten a u f Stalten 5 u, we were sailing towards Italy. 
 5aBr uns a u f it)n loi ge^en, let us go up to him. Qt lief r 
 mir r; e r (f)in)/ he was running before me. ©ott ftraft tie 
 9Renfd)en u m ttjrer ^unben mitten/ God punishes men for 
 their sins. 
 
 32. Some conjunctions are always placed at the beginning 
 of the sentence ; of this kind are alletiv fonbern/ benn, mil, 
 [internal/ nad)bem, \e mtyv, je mentger/ menn, ate ob, obgletd^ cb? 
 fcfcom obmofyl/ ob^xvat, tvk, and gtetcfcmie. 
 
 33. The conjunction ba$ is often suppressed after the 
 
58 
 
 verbs rcunfd)en, molten, fyoffen, fuud)ten, beforgen^ t>erftd)em, be* 
 fyaupten, and jagen, without inverting the order of the words 
 in consequence of the suppression. 
 Examples. 
 
 3d) tt?unfd)te/ or roollte, ec lame (for, bajTer lame), I wish that 
 he would come, &c. 
 
 34. The conjunction rcemt may be either expressed or 
 not ; but, when it is suppressed, the order of the words is 
 inverted. 
 
 Examples* 
 
 2Berm er mill, or wilt er, if be will. 2Benn id) e§ gerougt tyStte, 
 or fyatte id) eg gewugf/ if I had known it. £Benn icf> ntd)t lomme, 
 or lomme id) nid)t, if I do not come. 
 
 35. There is a necessary correlation between certain con- 
 junctions, so that when the first part of a sentence, or the 
 antecedent, begins with one, the second part, or the conse' 
 quent, begins with its correlative. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 @nftt>eber fyat er eg getfyan, obet er ttrirb eg nod) tf)un, 
 either he has done it, or he will do it. £>b er gle id) metn 
 better tjt, f o fommt er bod) ntcfct ju mtr, although he is my 
 cousin, yet he does not come near me. Scnn @te wieber 
 fommen/ fo milt id) eg Sfynen geben, when you return, I will give 
 it you. 28enn i§ gletd) @etb fyattt, fo gabe id) tfym bod) 
 letneg, even if I had money, I would give him none. 3d) 
 fenne to e b e r feinen SSater, n o d) fetne Gutter, I neither know 
 his father nor his mother. <So fd)6n fte aud) fein mag, fo tjt 
 fie bod) md)t liebengrcurbtg, however handsome she may be, 
 still she is not amiable, (gr tjt itvat metn getnb nid)t, a b e r 
 aud) ntd)t metn greunb, ne is indeed not my enemy, but still 
 he is not my friend. 
 
 36. The conjunction fo, which is often used to connect 
 the antecedent and consequent, may be suppressed, and the 
 best writers make but a sparing use of it. (So bod) is always 
 separated, so that the verb and the nominative case, and also 
 sometimes a part of the regimen are found in the middle, 
 
59 
 
 between the component parts, which is evident by several 
 of the above examples. 
 
 Having said so much in explanation and exemplification 
 of the rules which are common to the several orders of 
 German construction in general, the reader is now prepared 
 for the consideration of those rules which belong to each 
 order in particular. 
 
 37. That order of construction of sentences, requiring 
 the especial attention of beginners, is the natural or direct, 
 in which the subject of the proposition occupies the first 
 place, the copula the second, and the predicate, or attribute, 
 the third. The rules for the collocation of words in sen- 
 tences of this order, are these: first, the conjunction, if 
 there is one of those which begin sentences ; second, the 
 subject or nominative case, with its modification or acces- 
 saries, that is to say, every thing that serves to explain or 
 determine it, whether this be an adjective, a participle, a 
 pronoun joined to a sentence, or an incidental proposition, 
 &c. Then comes the copula, or verb of the nominative 
 case ; and, in the fourth or last place, the attribute or regi- 
 men ; that is to say, all the words which serve to determine 
 the signification of the verb. The regimen, therefore, will 
 be found to comprehend the case of the verb, or the direct 
 regimen ; the preposition with its case, or the indirect regi- 
 men ; the adverb, the demonstrative particle, and the 
 separable preposition or component part of the verb. 
 
 38. In simple tenses there is no difficulty whatever. This 
 will appear evident by a few examples : — £er SEenfdj if: 
 fterbltd)/ man is mortal. 3& fefje etnert SBlarni/ I see a man. 
 3d* fef)e metne SBudjer/ I see my books. 3d) fagte fetnem SSruber, 
 I was saying to his brother. (Sr gefyt nad) Berlin/ he is going 
 to Berlin, ©ein SBruber trotjnt bei metnem grcunbc/ his brother 
 lives at my friend's. (Seine SBudber liegen auf tern &ifd)e, his 
 books are lying on the table. (gr fdfcreibt leferlicfy he writes 
 legibly, ^ie rebet tmmer, she is always talking. 3d) [er,e 
 barauS/ I see therefrom Bit effen baoori/they are eating some 
 
60 
 
 of it. <5r fcfyreibt ah, he is copying, ©ie fommen jurucf/ they 
 are coming back. 
 
 In the first of these simple sentences, we have subject, 
 verb, and attribute ; in the second and third, subject, verb, 
 and direct regimen ; in the fourth, subject, verb, and indi- 
 rect regimen ; in the fifth, sixth, and seventh, subject, 
 verb, and preposition, with its case ; in the eighth and ninth, 
 subject, verb, and adverb; in the tenth and eleventh, sub- 
 ject, verb, and demonstrative particle ; and in the twelfth 
 and thirteenth, subject, verb, and separable preposition. 
 
 39. When there is a concurrence of regimens in the pro- 
 position or sentence, the personal pronouns, in regimen, are 
 put immediately after the verb of the subject or nominative 
 case, and. consequently, before all the other words which 
 depend on that verb. 
 
 Examples. 
 3d) fenne ifyn feit langer 3eit/ I have known him a longtime. 
 SQlein SBruber fdjreibt mir atlemal fefyr lange SBriefe/ my brother 
 always writes me very long letters. 3d) mfinfdjc Sfynen etnen 
 guten SCftorgen, I wish you a good morning. (Sr befcbrour mid) 
 bet unferer greunbfftaft, he conjured me by our friendship. 
 9Jtetne ©deeper beftnbet ftd) md)t fet?r root)!/ my sister is not 
 very well. 
 
 40. Adverbs of time, and all expressions which denote 
 time, as well as adverbs of negation, are usually placed after 
 the personal pronouns, if there are any, and before the other 
 words which depend on the same verb, observing to make 
 adverbs of time precede adverbs of negation ; adverbs of 
 quality, quantity, and others, are sometimes placed before, 
 and sometimes after, the direct and indirect regimen. 
 
 Examples. 
 3d) gefye fyeute md)t nad) £onbom I do not go to London to- 
 day. S)te (Srnbte iffc fyeuer ntd)t fo gut/ ol§ ba§ sorige %cfyx, the 
 harvest is not so good this year as it was the last, ©te 
 gtngen eittgft in ba§ £au£/ they went hastily into the house. 
 (§r fd)reibt alle feine SSriefe giertid), he writes all his letters 
 elegantly. 
 
61 
 
 41. When the personal pronoun depends on a preposi- 
 tion, it is usually placed after the adverbs of time and nega- 
 tion : as, er fommt l;eute ntd)t 5U mtr# he does not come to me 
 to-day. 
 
 42. After personal pronouns and adverbs of time and 
 negation, follow the direct and indirect regimens, nearly in 
 the same order as in English, with their modifications. 
 
 Examples* 
 Qt befednbtgte mir geftern etn 23ud) nebft etnem S3rtefe/ he de- 
 livered to me yesterday a book, together with a letter, din 
 CSroe wurbtgte einen brolltcfyten £afen fetner ndfeern Sefcmmi'diafr, 
 a lion honoured a droll hare with his familiarity. Gnn ge* 
 fragtgeg ©djroetn maftete feet) unter einer ^>ol)en (£t#e mtt ber feerabs 
 gefallenen grud)t, a voracious pig was fattening itself under a 
 tall oak with the acorns which fell from it. SOMn SBrubcr 
 certaufd)t bag Heine olte ^Pferb, rcetdeS er son Sfenen aefauft fear, 
 gegen etn gr&fereg, ba$ nur fed)6 Safer alt tjr, my brother ex- 
 changes the little old horse which he bought of you, for a 
 bigger, that is but six years old. 
 
 43. In placing several regimens which concur to modify 
 the signification of the same verb, it is of less importance 
 to consult the brevity or length of each regimen in par- 
 ticular, than the nearer or more remote connection which it 
 may have with the verb ; and, in general, that which bears 
 more immediately upon the signification of the verb, is, like 
 the separable component particles or prepositions, placed 
 
 the last. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 £)te £)iebe beaten gemetntgltd) tie ©liter/ roelcbe fte ttjrem 
 SKddbjfen entttenben/ mit ttyrem £eben, thieves commonly forfeit 
 their lives for the property which they take from their 
 fellow-creatures. £>er ilontg fcHtfte alien fetnen ©efanbten an 
 auSrcarttgen £6fen S3efer)l %\x, the king sent orders to all his 
 ambassadors at foreign courts. 9Tcan muf tie attfen ©elegen= 
 ijetten ntcf)t au£ ben £anben laffen, we ought not to let good 
 opportunities go by unimproved. 
 
 44. Incidental sentences are, for the most part, placed 
 immediately after the word which they explain or modify ; 
 
 G 
 
62 
 
 but when the verb of the principal sentence is in a com- 
 pound tense, the incidental sentence mav be placed indiffer- 
 ently before or after the participle or infinitive, which forms 
 a part of the compound tense. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 3d) §abe ba$ IBudv reel ere* <&h mit gelierjen r;aben, gelefen, or 
 id) fcabe fca3 £Bud) gelefen, roeldjeS ©te mir geliefeen $aben/ I have 
 read the book which you lent me. 3d) roerbe meinen ©arten# 
 tt>etd)er tn ber &5orfiabt itegt, rerfaufen/ or id) rccrbe meinen ©arten 
 oecfaufcn/ welder in ber S$orfiabt liegt, I will sell my garden in 
 the suburb. 
 
 45. What has just been said respecting incidental sen- 
 tences is equally applicable to propositions, in which, in- 
 stead of a complete incidental sentence, there is either a 
 present participle, or what, a compound relative pronoun, 
 for that which, in German, ba& rcaS. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 I wished to take advantage of the opportunity for buying 
 good books, id) ruottte mir tie ©elegenfjeit/ gute SBudjer gu faufen/ 
 &u 9£u£en madjeni or tcb wollte mir tie ©elegenfyett ^u 3^u£en 
 macfen/ gute 33ud)er gu taufen. The marshal, upon hearing 
 that the enemy was not more than two leagues off, gave 
 orders to his whole army, auf tie Sftad)rtd)t, ba$ ber geinb nur 
 nod) gnxi ©tunben entfernt rcare,* gab ber ^err ^arfdiall b^m 
 gangen ^)cere SSefe^l/ or ber jperr 35£arfd)aU/ auf tie SKacfcrtd)!, 
 ba% ter gctnb nur nod) greet ©tunben entfernt wire/ gab bem gangen 
 £eere SSefet)l. The general had scarcely given orders for 
 the attack, ber (general batte faum ben SBefefyl angugreifen gege^ 
 bin, or ber ©eneral t)atte faum ben &3efet)i gegebem angugreifen. 
 I saw, with my own eyes, what happened, id) fyabz ba$ t tva$ 
 gefd)el;en ift, mix meinen etgenen 2Cugen gefefyen/ or id) fyabe ba$ 
 mit meinen etgenen 2Cugen gefefyeri/ roaS gefd)el)en tfr. He will not 
 confess to what you accuse him of, er urirb ba$ f roeffen ©te 
 tl)n befebuibtgen/ ntcr^r gefieten, or er rotrb bag ntd)t gejlefyen/ n?effen 
 ©te tt)n befcr.ulbtgen. He was ashamed to tell me what I 
 already knew, er fduimte fid)/ mir ba§, traS id) febon roufjte/ gu 
 fogen/ or er fctcmre fid> mir ba§ gu fagen/ rcaS i& : fdbon tt>u£te. 
 
 46. When there is, in English, between the nominative 
 
63 
 
 case and its verb, either a principal sentence, or a verb in 
 the infinitive mood, governed by a preposition, the sentence 
 is usually begun with a conjunction or conjunctional ex- 
 pression. 
 
 Examples. 
 The general, having heard that the enemy was retreating, 
 ordered the general march to be beaten, nadjbem ber gelbfyerr 
 erfafyren tjatu, bap ber geinb fid) aurud^og, Itejj er ben @eneral= 
 marfd) fdrtagen. The commandant, after he had, during the 
 night, made all the necessary preparations to attack the 
 besiegers, ordered the whole of the garrison to go out of the 
 town at daybreak, naftbem ber @ommanbant tie Sftad)t burd) alle 
 n5t£)tgen 2Cnjralten Me SBelagerer anjugretfen gemad)t featte/ lief? er 
 betm 2£nbrud)e beg Sageg tie gan^e SSefagung au$ ber <Stabt rucfen. 
 
 47. The demonstrative participles bason/ &c, as well as 
 the adverbs bat bafctbft/ allba/ §ut/ bar;in/ fyier* and tyiefyer/ are 
 usually placed after the regimens. 
 
 Examples, 
 For the last fortnight every body has been talking of it 
 with great confidence, Sebermann rebet/ feit mer§et)n Sagen, mit 
 oteler ftoerl&jngf eit baoon. I am not a little astonished at it, 
 id) oerrounbere mid) ntdjt rcentg baruber. Fortunately we arrived 
 there at last, after a tedious journey, toiv gelangten enblid) nad) 
 etner befdhroerlicfcen Sftetfe glucfltd) bafyin. Your brother was 
 already there with his wife, Sfyt SBruber xvaz mit feincr grau 
 fd)on ba. 
 
 48. Separable prepositions, commonly called the " separ- 
 able component particles of compound verbs," are placed 
 after the regimens and demonstrative particles. 
 
 Examples. 
 He brought (took) two of his friends thither with him, 
 er bradtfe gi&een son fetnen guren greunben bat)tn mit. He got a 
 deal of his money by cheating, er gercann i§m burd) fetne S3es 
 trugereien oiei ©elb ab. 
 
 49. The infinitive mood, separable prepositions, and past 
 participles, are placed at the end of their own member of 
 the sentence. 
 
64 
 
 Examples. 
 
 My friend will return from Germany to-morrow, and 
 bring me two horses with him, metn greunb roirb morgen au$ 
 £eutfcfclanb §urucffommen, unb roirb mtr gvoet ^>ferbe mitbrtngen. 
 He did not copy more than a sheet and a half of it yester- 
 day, er rjat geftern nidjt mefyr alg anbmfyatb S5ogcn baoon abge^ 
 fdjrieben. 
 
 50. In interrogative sentences the verb precedes its sub- 
 ject or nominative case ; and the attribute is put in the third 
 place. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 3ft er gefommen ? Is he come ? £at er fetne ttntmort gegeben ? 
 Has he given no answer ? SBarum fyat er e$ nid)t ^efagt ? 
 Why has he not said so ? 
 
 51. The same collocation is observed when the conjunc- 
 tion menn or the particle cb is omitted, and also when the sen- 
 tence begins with an adverb of time or place, with one of the 
 conjunctions entmeber, ober, &c, or with the pronoun e§/ &c. 
 
 Examples, 
 3ft fca€; was <Ste fagen ; mafyr (for m e n n ba$ f n>a§ ©ie fagen, 
 matjr ift)/ fo ijoffe id)/ bajj atle§ gut gefyen merbe/ if what you say 
 is true, I hope every thing will go on well. SSSill ir)r 23ruber 
 md)t fcmmen (for menn 3 for. 23ruber mcbt fommen mill)/ fo mag 
 er megbletben/ if your brother will not come, he may stay 
 away. 3ft er gletd) nidjt metn greunb (for wcnn or o b er gletd) 
 md)t metn greunb ift)/ fo gonne td) tt)m bod) nicfets SSofeS/ although 
 he is not my friend, still I wish him no harm. @djl&gen trie 
 oud) ben getnb (for m e n n mtr audb ben geinb fdjifigen)/ fo fonnten 
 mtr ikn ntdjt t?erfolgen/ if we were to beat the enemy, still we 
 should not be able to pursue him. (§6 gefdjar; etn grojjeS 
 Unalud:, a great misfortune happened. 
 
 The interrogative pronoun mer forms an exception to the 
 foregoing rule, as : 2£er r)at ba$ getfyan? Who has done that? 
 
 52. In propositions beginning with the particles \ti befto/ 
 \xm, fo/ rote/ &c, the attribute occupies the first place^ the 
 verb the second, and the subject the third. 
 
65 
 
 Examples. 
 
 3e &iter ber SBeim befto beffer tji er/ the older the wine the 
 better it is. 2Sie tfyeuer tfr biefe £)ofe ? How dear is this box 
 (for, what is the price of it) ? SSte grop iffc Sfyre ©ute ! How 
 great is your kindness ! 
 
 53. An affirmative sentence may begin with an infinitive, 
 an adjective, an adverb, a participle, a relative or demon- 
 strative pronoun, one of the relative particles roo/ n>o§tn/ n>o- 
 fyx, xvobei, woburd)/ roofiir, n>oran, roorin/ or any of the transpo- 
 sitive conjunctions alg, anerrcogen/ angefe^en, anflatt, big baf*/ 
 ba/ bafern# bafyer, bamit, ba$ t auf/ efye, etje al6^ efje benn/ falls or 
 im galle/ inbem/ inbefferi/ mafjem nacfybem, nun, ob/ obgleid)/ obfd)om 
 obtvofy, obgnxtr/ fett, fettbem/ [internal/ roenn, fo aud> fo balb, fo 
 lange, fo triel, fo wett or in fo weit, fo fern or in fo fern; fonft/ 
 «>&fyrenb, roann, tt>arum/ rcaSmafien, n?eld)ermaf;en or tt)eld)ergej!alt, 
 weil/ tDtnn aud), ttenn gleidv rcenn [d)on, n>enn nur, tsegrcegen, 
 glettote, rote roentg, tmeroofyl/ roofern, roofern nur. When a 
 sentence begins with any of the above words, the construc- 
 tion of such sentence is inverted or not direct, inasmuch as 
 the subject and attribute or regimen precede the verb of 
 the nominative case. 
 
 Practical Application of the Theory of 
 German Construction. 
 
 Rule. — When there is an adjective, or a participle, with 
 any words that depend on either, such words are placed 
 before the adjective or participle, but after the article or 
 pronoun. In this ease, the article or pronoun occupies the 
 first place, the words depending on the adjective or parti- 
 ciple the second, the adjective or participle itself the 
 third, and the substantive, modified by the adjective or 
 participle, the fourth. 
 
 £)te Sftgmpfyen, mtt geflodfc The nymphs, with braided 
 tenen £aaren unb roeif? gefletbet, hair, and dressed in white, 
 
 g 3 
 
66 
 
 rrugen fogtetd) etne einfadje, aber 
 in ®efd)matf unb Steinlidjfett 
 auSgefud)te SDftotyljeit auf. 
 
 3ugleid^ fingen mer junge 
 9tt)mpt)en an gu ffngen. ©rffes 
 Urf) befangen fie ben $ampf ber 
 (hotter gegen tie Sfttefen 5 bann 
 bte StebeSabemeuec be§ 3upt=> 
 ter unb ber @emete ; bie ©eburt 
 be£ SBaccr-uS unb fetne burd) 
 ben alten ©tten getettete (Sqies 
 bung ; ben SBSettlauf ber Etalanta 
 unb beg £tppomeneS, weldfjer 
 oermitteljt ber golbenen/ tm 
 Garten ber #efpertben gepftui3:= 
 ten 2Cepfe( Sieger blteb. 
 
 £)te £Hetd)tr;umer, reeldje fte 
 burd) ben $anbel ertangt fatten/ 
 unb bte (Stdrfe ber unubenrnnb^ 
 itdjen im ?>Jteere gelegenen (Stabt 
 SgruS §attc baS #er§ btefer 
 SSblfer tro£tg gemacfet. 
 
 ^etjren <Ste, fufyr er fort, nad) 
 St^ala $urucf$ melleid)t unrb 
 Sfyr oon ben ©ottern geltebter 
 Sater eben fo baib ba fein/ alS 
 ©te. 
 
 £ier regterte ber au§ Sroja 
 entroidjjene alte 2Ccejre6. 
 
 (5tn fo unernxtrtefer Orfotg 
 mad)te, baf man ben SQlentoralS 
 einen son bm ©ottern geltebten 
 unb begetfierten SCftann anfat). 
 
 £)tefe meUetdjt unter bem 
 ganjen 2CRenfd}enge[d)led)t i)err~ 
 fcfyenbe SDfteinung t)ermod)te nur 
 burd) SBabrfyett folcfce 2CUgemein* 
 I}eit §u genrinnen; bcnn btejentgen, 
 weldje nie con einanber gebjort 
 §aben, fonnten ficfy nidjt in etne 
 
 immediately brought in a 
 plain repast, but exquisite 
 both in taste and neatness. 
 
 Then four young nymphs 
 began to sing. First they 
 sang the battle of the gods 
 against the giants ; then the 
 loves of Jupiter and Semele ; 
 the birth of Bacchus, and his 
 education, conducted by old 
 Silenus ; the race of Atalanta 
 with Hippomenes, who came 
 off victorious by means of 
 golden apples gathered in 
 the garden of Hesperia. 
 
 The riches they had ac- 
 quired by trade, and the 
 strength of the impregnable 
 city of Tyre, situated in the 
 sea, had puffed up the hearts 
 of these people, 
 
 Return to Ithaca, con- 
 tinued he, perhaps your fa- 
 ther, who is beloved of the 
 gods, will be there as soon 
 as you, 
 
 Old Acestes, who had 
 escaped from Troy, reigned 
 there. 
 
 Such unexpected success 
 caused Mentor to be looked 
 upon as a man favoured and 
 inspired by the gods. 
 
 This opinion, which per- 
 haps prevails as far as human 
 nature is diffused, could be- 
 come universal only by its 
 truth; for those that never 
 heard of another would not 
 have agreed in a tale which 
 
67 
 
 nothing' but experience can 
 make credible. 
 
 &a$t c>eretmgen, bte altetn burd) 
 Grrfafyrung ©laubtr-urbtgMt ju 
 er^alten im (Stanbe mar. 
 
 £)er Sufranb etner burd) un^ 
 erirarteteg UnglutiE gebeugten 
 <Seele, tjt gtetd) bem ber fabet^af* 
 ten Sewofyner ber neuerfdjaffenen 
 drbe, n?dd)e, aid bte SKad}t gum 
 erften 5>JlaI iftren ©deleter entfal« 
 tete/ gtaubten/ ba$ ber Sag nic 
 nneber erfdjetnen rourbe. 
 
 Rule.— All the cases governed by the verb are put after 
 it, in the simple tenses, and between the auxiliary and the 
 participle, in the compound tenses. 
 
 Sellemad) fotgte ber ©Stttrni/ Telemachus followed the 
 n?eld)e mit etnem #aufen junger goddess, who was encircled 
 
 The state of a mind op- 
 pressed with a sudden cala- 
 mity, is like that of the 
 fabulous inhabitants of the 
 newly-created earth, who, 
 when the first night came 
 upon them, supposedthat day 
 would never return. 
 
 yiymytyn umgeben war, uber 
 weldje fte etne ^opfldnge empor 
 ragte, gleid) rote etne groge @td;c 
 in etnem 28atbe ttjre butten 
 3tt>etge uber alle anbre 23dume, 
 tt>eld)e fte umgeben, empor tybt. 
 
 @r berounberte ben ©lanj 
 tfyrer ©d)6nt)eit/ ben retd)en 
 ^purpur tfyreS langen mallenben 
 JUetbeS, i^jre nad)ldgtg/ aber mit 
 ©ra^te ^jinten aufgefnupften 
 tbaare/ ba$ geuer, n>eld)eS au3 
 ifyren 2Cugen jtrat)lte, unb bte 
 ©anftmutlj, tucldjc btefe Cebfjaf* 
 itgfett nttlberte. 
 
 3d) betrad)te btefen mddjttgen 
 SBau al§ ein £)en£ma( ber Un* 
 juldngltdjfeit menfd)lid)er ©es 
 nufje. 
 
 ©te bereuten ir)re SBifjbegterbe, 
 tabelten bte 9lad)tdfngfett ber 
 SKegterung, beflagten ir;re Un= 
 
 by a crowd of young" nymphs, 
 among whom she was dis- 
 tinguished by the superioritv 
 of her stature, like the tower- 
 ing summit of a lofty oak, 
 seen, in the midst of a forest, 
 above all the trees which 
 surround it. 
 
 He admired the splendour 
 of her beauty, the rich pur- 
 ple of her long flowing robe, 
 her hair that was tied with 
 graceful negligence behind 
 her, and the vivacity and 
 softness which were mingled 
 in her eyes. 
 
 I consider this mighty 
 structure as a monument of 
 the insufficiency of human 
 enjoyments. 
 
 They repented their cu- 
 riosity, censured the negli- 
 gence of the government, 
 
68 
 
 befonnenfyeit/ weldje eS tterabs 
 faumt fyatte fur etne SB3adf)e ju 
 forgen/ barren ftd) mele tfug* 
 funftSmittel burd) roeld)e ^e= 
 ^uat)6 Skrtuft fydtte t>orgebeugt 
 roerben fSnneri/ unb befd)lojfen, 
 bag fDtogltcfye fur beren SBieberers 
 langung gu rtjun/ obwo^t !etner 
 erroag SrcecfmdfngeS ausfinbtg 
 madjen lonntc. 
 
 £)er getgenbaum/ ber Delbaum/ 
 ber ©ranatenbaum unb alle 
 anbere SSdume bebecften bag 
 £anb/ unb btlbeten einen grofien 
 ©arten baraug. 
 
 @r benmnberte tie gute ^olijet 
 btefer ©t&bte > bie ©ered)ttgtett/ 
 roetdje sum SSeften beg ^rmen 
 gegen ben SKetcfyen gefyanbrjabt 
 nurb, bte gute (grstefyung ber 
 &tnber/ tretd)e man §um ©efyors 
 fam,§ur 2Crbett/ §ur tftuerjiernfyeit, 
 5ur £tebe ber ^unfte unb SBiffen^ 
 fd)afien geroSfynt; tie genaue 
 33eobad)tung aller SHeltgion£ge= 
 brdudje 5 bte Unetgennu^tgMt, 
 bte (Sfyrbegterbe/ bte Sreue gegen 
 bte SDlenfdjen unb bte gurd)t fur 
 bte ©otter/ tt>eld)e jeber Qaufc 
 sater fetnen $inbern etnflopt. 
 
 ^alppfo t)6rte mtt SSerroun* 
 berung fo weifc SSorte. £BaS 
 it>r am meijten gejtefyl/ xvat f ba$ 
 Seiemad) offenfyerstg bte gefyier 
 erjd^lte; tr-eicfye er auS Ueber= 
 etlung begangen fyatte/ unb roett 
 er nidjt folgfam gegen ben tueifen 
 Mentor geir-efen n?ar. ©te fanb 
 einen (Sbelfinn unb etne beroun* 
 
 lamented their own rashness, 
 which had neglected to pro- 
 cure a guard, imagining many 
 expedients by which the loss 
 of Pekuah might have been 
 prevented, and resolved to do 
 something for her recovery, 
 though none could find any- 
 thing proper to be done. 
 
 The fig, the olive, the 
 pomegranate, and all other 
 trees, overspread the plain, 
 and gave it the appearance 
 of a large garden. 
 
 He admired the good police 
 of those towns ; the justice 
 that was exercised in favour 
 of the poor against the rich; 
 the good education of the 
 children, who were trained 
 to obedience, labour, sobriety, 
 the love of arts and literature ; 
 the exact observance of all 
 the ceremonies of religion ; 
 the contempt of private inter- 
 est; the desire of reputation ; 
 the fidelity towards their fel- 
 low-subjects, and the rever- 
 ence for the gods, which 
 every father carefully culti- 
 vated in his children. 
 
 Calypso listened with as- 
 tonishment to words so full 
 of wisdom. What delighted 
 her the most was to see that 
 Telemachus ingenuously re- 
 lated the mistakes he had 
 made through precipitation 
 and untractableness towards 
 the wise Mentor ; she dis- 
 
69 
 
 covered unusual strength and 
 dignity of mind in this young 
 man, who accused himself ? 
 and appeared to have pro- 
 fited so well by his impru- 
 dences, to become wise, pro- 
 vident, and temperate. 
 
 A propitious wind already 
 swelled our sails, our oars 
 cut through the foaming 
 waves, the vast sea was cover- 
 ed with ships, the mariners 
 sent forth shouts of joy, the 
 shores of Egypt fled far from 
 us, the hills and mountains 
 gradually became level. 
 
 We now began to see only 
 sky and water, whilst the 
 rising sun appeared to strike 
 his sparkling flames out of 
 the bosom of the sea; his 
 beams gilded the summit of 
 the mountains, which we 
 still discovered in some mea- 
 sure upon the horizon ; and 
 the whole face of heaven, 
 painted with a deep azure, 
 promised us a prosperous 
 voyage. 
 
 Rule. — £)urfem fonnetv Iaffen, mogen, muffen/ follem roerben, 
 tpolteti/ and all verbs, in general, the principal use of which 
 is to limit the tenses and moods of other verbs, govern the 
 infinitive, 
 
 bernSwurbtge (Seetengto^e bet 
 btefem 3ungltnge/ rcetdfcer ftd) 
 felbjr antlagte, unb ber feine 
 Unoorftd)ttg£etten fo roofyl benu^t 
 §atte, urn metfe, porftcfytig unb 
 gemdjngt 511 roerben. 
 
 (Sin gunfttger 2£tnb firoellte 
 fd)on unfere Kegels tie £Kuber 
 burd)fd)mtten bte fd)dumenben 
 fSSellen ; t>a$ vrefte 5CReer rcar 
 mtt @d)tffen bebec£t> bte (See? 
 ieute jaud)$ten$ bte egpptifdjen 
 Ufer flotjen mit son uns 1 #itgel 
 unb S3erge nmrben nad) unb nad) 
 eben. 
 
 9tun fingen n>iv an nur #tms 
 mel unb SBaffer gu fcijeri/ xvafc 
 renb bte aufgefyenbe (Sonne tfyr 
 funfelnbeSgeuer au§ bemSd)oofje 
 be§ SfteereS fyeraufftetgen lief. 
 3f)ve ^trafylen sergolbeten bte 
 @pt£en ber SSerge/ tt?eld)e ttrir 
 nod) etn trentg am £ortgonte 
 fa^en; unb ber £immet, mtt 
 einem bunfeln SBlau bemafytt/ 
 cerfytejj un6 etne gltotcfye ©djtff* 
 fatjrt. 
 
 £)te serfd)tebenen handle/ 
 tt?eld)e btefe Snfein Mlbeten, 
 fdbienen auf bem £anbe gu fcfyers 
 gen* etntge ttdlgten tfjr flared 
 Staffer, mtt grower 8d)nellig!eit 
 fort a anbere tnelten etn jttttes 
 
 The various streams which 
 formed these islands seemed 
 to revel in the plain ; some 
 rolled along in translucent 
 waves, with a tumultuous 
 rapidity ; some just moved 
 
70 
 
 unb faft fxefyenbeS Gaffer, nod) 
 anbere famen/ burd) tt?eite Urn* 
 tuege, jurM/ a(^ urn §u itjrer 
 £Ute(Ie gurucr. ?;u jretgen/ unb 
 fd)tenen biefe gaubenfd)en ©e? 
 ftabe ntdjt oetlaffcn §u fon* 
 nen. 
 
 Selemad) antroortete feuf^enb: 
 CSfyer m5gen mid) bte ©otter um= 
 Somtnen i a f f c n> ate juge* 
 ben ; ba§ SGBeibKcfefett unb SBSol* 
 luft fid) metne£ ^er^enS bemet* 
 ftern. 9letn, netn/ Ulpffeg (Sofyn 
 arirb nk burd) bte SKei^e etneS 
 niebrtgen unb wetbtfdjcn £eben§ 
 ubentnmben roerben ! 2Cber 
 tpetd)e ©unjt beg £tmmel§ fyat 
 un§ nafy unferm ©djtffbrudjc 
 btefe ©Sttinn ober btefe (Sterb^ 
 ltd)e fin ben la f fen/ bte 
 unS mit 2Bor;ltr;un ubet^auft ? 
 
 3Me Sugenb tft bunf el^aft 5 
 fie traut ftdt) 2£Ue$ ju ; obgletd) 
 fdwad), glaubt fte 2ttteS §u 
 £ 6 n n e n unb md)t§ b e f u r d)^ 
 ten 5 u b u r f e n ; fte traut 
 (eidjtftnntng unb oipne SSorftdjt. 
 
 (£r wracbtcte mid) al$ etnen 
 (d)u?ad)en getnb/ abcr ot)ne mtc^ 
 burd) fetne erjraunltcbe (Starte 
 nod) burd) fein tmibeS unbraufyeg 
 2tnfe£)en irre m a d) e n § u I a f= 
 fen/ ftteg id) metne £an$e gegen 
 fetne SSruft/ unb mad)te/ bag er 
 (Strome fdjroargen SBluteS au&= 
 fpte/ alS er ben ($5etjr aufgab. 
 
 Ulpffeg/ metn Sater, war einer 
 ber Bornefymften Jtbntge/ weld)e 
 biefe ©tabt gerftout fyaben; 
 er fcfywetft auf alien SCfteeren 
 
 along a dormant stream ; 
 and others, after a long cir- 
 cuit, turned back, as if they 
 wished to issue again from 
 their source, and were unable 
 to quit this enchanted place. 
 
 Telemachus, sighing, an- 
 swered : May the gods de- 
 stroy me, rather than suffer 
 effeminacy and voluptuous- 
 ness to enslave my heart ! 
 No ! the son of Ulysses shall 
 never be overcome by the 
 charms of an indolent effi uri- 
 nate life. But what favour of 
 heaven has directed us, after 
 our shipwreck, to this goddess, 
 or this mortal, who loads us 
 with benefits ? 
 
 Youth is presumptuous ; 
 it promises (expects) all 
 things from itself; and, 
 though frail, it believes it 
 can compass every thing, and 
 has nothing to fear ; it light- 
 ly and incautiously confides. 
 
 He despised me as a feeble 
 enemy ; but, regarding nei- 
 ther his prodigious strength, 
 nor the fierceness of his de- 
 meanour, I thrust my lance 
 against his breast, and made 
 him vomit torrents of black 
 blood, as he gave up the 
 ghost. 
 
 Ulysses, my father, was 
 one of the chief kings who 
 destroyed that city ; he is 
 now a fugitive on the deep, 
 
71 
 
 berum, cbne He 3nfel 3tyafa# 
 fcin jlonigteicb/ nneber ft n b e n 
 ju f 6 nn e n. 
 
 Sftktne ©anftmufy meine 
 (§5ebulb/ metne ©enauigfeit, be- 
 fdnfttgten audi enbltd) ben grau= 
 famen 93utt§, bee uber tie ant em 
 Sflcr:en ©etsalt batte/ unb mid) 
 anfangS b>atte qudlen rootle n. 
 
 ©Ittcflid) jtnb bie, raeidbe itjr 
 SBergnugen bet bem Unterricbte 
 finben/ unb tie tfcren ©eift gerne 
 burcb SBtjfenfdjaften auSbifben. 
 2Cn H>eld)en Drt ka$ feinbltcr-e 
 ©efdutf fie audi ^inwirfa fo 
 baben fte allcjjett etrcaS bei ftcb/ 
 roomtt Jlc |td) u n t e r I) a 1 1 e n 
 15 n n c n# unb tie Sangetretie/ 
 n;eld)e anbere 9Jlenfd>en mitten 
 unter £uftbarfetten petmgt, ijt 
 benen unbefannt, ttelcre (id) mil 
 Sefen gu befebafttgen trnjen. 
 ©lucfticb ftnb bie/ tteld)? gerne 
 Xefen/ unb ntcbt it>tc icb, bQ$ Sefen 
 entbetyren muff en. 
 
 3d) bitte ben SftorpfeeuS/ 
 
 feinen angene^mfrcn Saubec auf 
 3t)re muben 2Cugenlteber au3;u= 
 fenutten ; einen gottltd}en £unft 
 in Sbre muben ©iteber fliefjen 
 iu laffen, unb Sjjnen leic^te 
 Srdume gu fducfen,. weld&e urn 
 ©te tjerum gaufeln, 3fyre £inne 
 burd) bie lacbenbfren SStlber er* 
 go^en/ unb alle§ con Sfynen cer= 
 febeutfen, rcaS 8ie ju fdnelt 
 a u f to e c! e n ! 6 n n t e. 
 
 3nbem Qftentor biefe SBcrte 
 fpracK nabm er tyn bet ber 
 £anb, unb fu^rte itjn nad) bem 
 
 unable to reach Ithaca, which 
 is his kingdom. 
 
 My meekness, patience, 
 and diligence, at length ap- 
 peased the cruel Butis, who 
 was in authority over the 
 other slaves, and had at first 
 wished to torment me. 
 
 Happy are those who take 
 pleasure in instruction, and 
 delight in cultivating their 
 minds with knowledge ! 
 Whithersoever adverse for- 
 tune may throw them, still 
 thev carrv about them suffi- 
 cient to entertain themselves; 
 and the uneasiness which 
 preys upon other men, even 
 in the midst of pleasure, is 
 unknown to those who can 
 employ themselves with a 
 book. Happy are they who 
 are fond of reading, and who 
 are not, like myself, obliged 
 to forego it ! 
 
 May Morpheus shed his 
 most benign influence on 
 your closing eye-lids, and 
 diffuse an ambrosial vapour 
 through your fatigued limbs ! 
 May he send the most de- 
 lightful dreams to play around 
 you ; fill your imagination 
 with the most pleasing ideas, 
 and chase far from you what- 
 ever might awake you too 
 soon. 
 
 Saying these words. Men- 
 tor took him by the hand, 
 and pulled him towards the 
 
72 
 
 shore. Telemachus followed 
 reluctantly, looking inces- 
 santly behind him. He kept 
 his eyes upon Eucharis, as 
 she was going still further 
 from him ; and, when he 
 could no longer see her face, 
 he surveyed her beautiful 
 hair tied negligently behind, 
 her garments wantoning in 
 the wind, and her noble gait. 
 
 Rule. — When tw r o or more infinitives, or participles, 
 depend on each other, that which is the first in English must 
 be put last in German. The verbs (efyen, fyoren, &c, 
 governing another verb, cannot be used in the participle, 
 but must always remain in the infinitive mood. 
 
 Ufer. Selemarf) fotgte nut ?D?irt)e, 
 intern ec tmmer ^urucf fat). (Sr 
 betrad)tete (Suc^ariS, roeld)e ftd) 
 entfernte. £>a er tfyr @eftd)t 
 ntdbt fefyen I onnte, fo befafy er 
 ifyrefcfyonen aufgebunbenen#aare/ 
 tyz roaltenbeg &tetb unb tfyren 
 ebeln @ang. (£r batte tr;re 
 gugfrapfen Ififfcn mo gen. 
 
 Setemacb ernrieberte tfyr : £> 
 ©ie/ rcer ©ie aud) fetn mogen, 
 etne ©terblid}e ober eine ©otttnn, 
 obfdion man ©te nur fur cine 
 ©otrfyett fatten !ann/ roenn man 
 @te anbltcft, follten ©ie unemps 
 finblid) bei bem Unglucfe etneS 
 ©ofyneS fcirt/ rcelcber/ ber 95MUs 
 !ut)r ber SSinbe unb SSogen au^= 
 gefefct/ fetnen £$ater auffudjt/ unb 
 fetn ©d)tf an ben gelfem weldie 
 3t)re Snfel umgeben/ §at f d) e U 
 tern f e i) e n ? 
 
 £>iefe S3etrad)tungen ftellte i^ 
 in meinem Unglutfe an, unb id) 
 rief writ alle§ ins ($5ebad)tmg 
 jurutf/ wag id) ben Mentor tjatte 
 f a g e n % 6 r e n. 
 
 Whoever you are, replied 
 Telemachus, whether a mor- 
 tal or a goddess, although 
 from your appearance, one 
 can only take you for a di- 
 vinity, should you be un- 
 moved by the misfortune of 
 a son, who, in quest of his 
 father, exposed to winds and 
 seas, has seen his ship split 
 against the rocks which sur- 
 round your island ? 
 
 These are the reflections 
 which I made in my misfor- 
 tune, and I recalled to mind 
 every thing that I had heard 
 Mentor say. 
 
 Rule. — The German infinitive is usually preceded by the 
 preposition gu/ when it simply expresses the object of an 
 action ; and, when it more particularly denotes the aim and 
 intention of an action, in addition to the above preposition, 
 
73 
 
 the verb requires the particle um, which is always separated 
 from §u by the case of the verb in the infinitive mood, 
 
 2Btr fatten fctemltd) tange 
 etnen gunjtigen SQStnb/ u m nadi 
 ©tctlten 5 u fcfyiffen ; aber nad)= 
 ^er oerbarg etn bujterer ©turm 
 tin £immel oor unfern 2Cugen 
 unb rote wurben in etne ttefe 
 9la$i etngefyuilt. 
 
 £>te Jtontge,#eld)e nur barauf 
 bebad)t ftnb/ fid) gefurd)tet §u 
 feroen unb bte tyre Unteri^anen 
 brMen/ um fie unterttmqtger 
 § u mad)en/ ftnb bte (Set£etn beg 
 Sftenfd)engefcl)ted)t§. ©te tt)er- 
 ben gefurdjtet/ rote fte e§ few 
 it?otlen, aber fte rcerben gefjajjt 
 unb t>erab(d)eut/ unb fie fyaben 
 Don tfyren Untertfyanen nod) mel)r 
 alg biefe Don tynen p bei'urd)ten. 
 
 V\ T e had for some time a 
 favourable wind for going 
 to Sicily; but afterwards a 
 black tempest deprived our 
 eyes of the sight of heaven, 
 and we were enveloped in 
 darkness. 
 
 Kings who are only studi* 
 ous to make themselves 
 dreaded, and to oppress their 
 subjects, in order to render 
 them more servile, are the 
 scourges of the human race; 
 they are feared as they desire 
 to be, but they are hated and 
 detested ; and they have more 
 reason to fear their subjects 
 than their subjects have to 
 fear them. 
 
 Sesostris neither despised 
 nor rejected any person, and 
 thought that he was a king 
 only to do good to all his 
 subjects, whom he loved as 
 his children. 
 
 The gods have sent you 
 for the purpose of delivering 
 us ; 1 expect no less from 
 your valour than from the 
 wisdom of your counsel ; 
 hasten, therefore, to assist 
 us. 
 
 Rule. — Adjectives, and participles considered as adjec- 
 tives, are in German, as in English, placed before the sub- 
 stantives which they modify or qualify. 
 
 £)te brutlenben £d)jen The lowing oxen and the 
 unb bte b { 6 ! e n b e n ©djafc bleating sheep came crowd- 
 
 ©efojms. cerad)tete ntemanb 
 unb ttrieS ntemanben juriitf 5 er 
 glaubte nur bagu £6mg § u fetn/ 
 u m alien fetnen Unterttjancn* 
 vozl&t er trie fetne Winter ttcbte, 
 @uteg 5 u erroetfen. 
 
 £ie ©otter b,aben eud) fyte^er 
 gefd)icrt, u m ung 5 u retten ; id) 
 erroarte son eurer Sapferfett 
 md)t rcentger ati Don bcr £SetS= 
 l>ett eures SRatfyeS, eilet un3 
 betjuftefyen. 
 
74 
 
 famen fyattfenumfe/ uetltegen 
 bte f e tt en 2Setben unb fonnten 
 ntcfit ©tctUe genug ftnben/ urn 
 unter £)bka$) §u fommen. SJJlan 
 i)5rte oon alien (Setten ein 
 oerworreneS ©erdufd) son 
 £euten/ rcelcfye fid) fortfttefkn/ 
 n>eld)e fid) nidjt oerfte^en fonnten; 
 tueldje in btefem SBSirrmarr etnen 
 gremben fur etnen greunb an= 
 fafyen unb roelcfye liefen/ ofyne §u 
 wiffen rcofyin. 2Cber bte 23 o r^ 
 n e t) m ft e n ber &abt> roeldje 
 fid) fur flfiger t)telten/ aU bte 
 anbern, biibeten fid) ein/ SCRentor 
 fei ein 23etruget'/ ber eine fat? 
 f d> e SSeUfagung Qtmafyt §abz f 
 
 ing in from their luxuriant 
 pastures, and could not find 
 stabling enough to get under 
 cover. Noise and tumuh 
 were heard on all sides of 
 people pressing to get in, 
 who could not understand 
 one another. In this confu- 
 sion some took an unknown 
 individual for their friend, 
 and ran about, not knowing 
 whither. But the principal 
 men of the city, fancying 
 themselves wiser than the 
 rest, looked upon Mentor as 
 an impostor, who had framed 
 a false prediction to save his 
 life. 
 
 urn fetn £eben §u retten. 
 
 Rule. — A genitive case, governed by a substantive, or 
 an adjective, with the article ber/ bte/ ba$f may be placed 
 indifferently before or after the substantive by which it is 
 governed. 
 
 Urn bte Sflfttttel, ba$ v£per§ beS 
 SunglingS (or beS 3ungttngS 
 £erg) ju rutjren/ bejto beffer §u 
 fennen/ fragte fie tyn t auf u>eld)e 
 2Crt er ©djiffbrud) gelttten fyabe, 
 unb burd) n>eid)e SSorfdtle er an 
 ike $ufte gefommen fei. 
 
 ©ein @ie benn ber xo u r== 
 hx§i © o fy n b e 6 Utr;ffe6 unb 
 §etgen ©te ein £er§/ baS grower 
 ift/ al§ alleS Unglucf / roeld)e§ ©te 
 bebrofyt. 
 
 £)te Unter tfyanen be 6 2Cce=: 
 fieS^burd) ?ft£ntorS S3et' 
 fptel unb SSefefyle angefeuert/ 
 betrtefen- etne Sapferfetr, beren 
 fie ftd) nidjt fafc)tg glaubren. 
 
 In order the better to dis- 
 cover the means by which 
 she might affect the young 
 man's heart, she asked him 
 how he had been wrecked, 
 and what accident had thrown 
 him upon her island. 
 
 Act, therefore, in a man- 
 ner worthy of the son of 
 Ulysses, and show that you 
 have a heart superior to all 
 the ills which threaten you. 
 
 The subjects of Acestes. 
 encouraged by Mentor's ex- 
 ample and words, felt within 
 a vigour of which they 
 thought themselves incapa- 
 ble. 
 
75 
 
 Rule. — When a word that depends on an infinitive is 
 explained or determined by an incidental proposition, such 
 proposition may be placed either before or after the infini- 
 tive. 
 
 Raum fyattz id) btefe . SBerte 
 au3ge[prod)en/ aU ba$ gange 
 fSol! aufgebra&t auSrtef, man 
 muffe ben ©ofyn btefeS graufamen 
 UtyffeS, bejfen SRdnfe tie ©tabt 
 Sroja jerftcd; fatten; umbrtn^ 
 gen. 
 
 £> @o§n be6 UlgffeS ! fagte 
 mir 2Ccej?e§, id) fann 3t)t Slut 
 ben Sl^anen fo meler Zto\amv f 
 meldhe 3^ SSater an tie lifer beg 
 fdjmaqen £ocr;tuS gefturjt fyat/ 
 nid)t r> e r f a g e n. 
 
 ©o balb it>tr §u SORempfyiS/ 
 €tner mdd)tigen unb practooUen 
 <Stabt ange!ommen waren/ befall 
 ber ©tabt^attet/ baf; rotr bte nad) 
 Sfyeben reifen follten, urn bem 
 Jtbmge ©efoftrte oorgcftetlt 
 5 u n> e r b e m bee bte (^adbe 
 felbft unterfud;en moltte unb ber 
 gegen bte &t)rer fe^r aufgebrad)t 
 tt>ar. 
 
 Scarcely had I spoken 
 these words when all the 
 people cried out in a rage, 
 The son of this cruel Ulys- 
 ses, whose artifices have 
 overthrown the city of Troy, 
 must be put to death. 
 
 O son of Ulysses ! said 
 Acestes to me, I cannot re- 
 fuse your blood to the manes 
 of so many Trojans, whom 
 your father has prematurely 
 hurled to the banks of the 
 black Cocytus. 
 
 As soon as we had arrived 
 at Memphis, a rich and 
 magnificent city, the gover- 
 nor gave orders that we 
 should go to Thebes, to be 
 presented to king Sesostris, 
 who would examine things 
 himself, and who was greatly- 
 incensed against the Tyrians. 
 
 Rule. — When two or more infinitives, or participles, 
 depend on each other, that which is the first in English 
 must be put last in German. 
 
 S&eber defter, vreUten td) §u 
 g)r>log befiutte, nod) sERenelauS/ 
 wetefcev mid) freunbfd)aftUd) in 
 Sacebdmon aufnatjm, fonnte 
 mir fagen/ ob mem SBater nod) 
 am Seben ware $ mube immer 
 in imi\ei unb Ungewiptyeit ju 
 
 Neither Nestor, whom I 
 saw at Pylosj nor Menelaus, 
 who received me kindly at 
 Lacedsemon, could tell me 
 whether my father was still 
 alive ; weary of living in 
 continual suspense and un- 
 
76 
 
 leben> befcfytofj td) nad) Sicilten 
 &u fa^reit/ roo^iti/ rote id) getjotrt 
 
 batte, mein SSater turd) tie 
 SOStnbe roar u e r f d) I a 9 e n 
 ro or b e n. 
 
 3d) benu^te btefen 2Cufentfjalt, 
 um bte bitten ber bet alien be^ 
 fannten STattonen [0 berufymten 
 ^bontjier fennen § u ( e r^ 
 n e n. 
 
 certainty, I resolved to go to 
 Sicily, whither I had heard 
 my father had been driven 
 by the winds. 
 
 I made use of this sojourn 
 to get to understand the 
 manners and customs of the 
 Phoenicians, so renowned in 
 all the nations of the earth. 
 
 Rule. — -The prepositions au§, aufkr/ bet/ &c, govern 
 the dative case ; burd), fur/ um, &c, govern the accu- 
 sative, and auf, Winter, an, &c, the dative and accusative 
 cases. 
 
 3d) berounberte bie gluctltdje 
 Sage btefcr grofjen <&tabi f roelcbe 
 mitten tm SJleere auf etner 
 Snfet Uegr. £)te benad)bam 
 Mjte tft retjenb b u r d) tore 
 grud)tbarfett, burd) bte oortreffs 
 ud)en grud)te, roelcbe fie fyersor 
 brtngt, burd) bie stafyl ber Stable 
 unb £>6rfer, wetdjc fid) faffc be= 
 rufyrem unb enbltd) burd) tf)r 
 nrilbeS Silima ; benn bte Serge 
 fd)u|en ttefe 3tufte 9 c 9 e n bte 
 brennenben ©ubrotnbe/ unb ffe 
 rotrb burd) ben 9?orbrotnb/ roek 
 d)er uber§ SKeec blajr, erfrtfebt. 
 3Mefe$ £anb Itegt am gufk beg 
 SibanonS* beffen . ©tpfel bte 2BoU 
 fen sertfyetlt unb faffc bte Sterne 
 berufyrt ; gluffe son gefdjmolges 
 nem Sd)nee futrgen rote retgenbc 
 Strbme n ben gelfen fyerab, 
 roeldtje fetne (Spige umgeben. 
 U n t e n fte^t man etnen roett* 
 Idufttgen 2Baib ucn uratten 
 3ebern, bte eben fo alt §u fetn 
 
 I admired the happy situ- 
 ation of this great city, which 
 is built upon an island in the 
 sea. The neighbouring coast 
 is attractive for its fertility, 
 the exquisite fruits it pro- 
 duces, its towns and villages, 
 which are almost contiguous 
 to each other ; and, lastly, for 
 the mildness of its climate, 
 for the mountains screen 
 this coast from the scorching 
 southern winds, whilst it is 
 refreshed by the north wind 
 that blows from the sea. 
 The country is at the foot of 
 Lebanon, the summit of 
 which penetrates the clouds 
 and touches the sky ; rivers 
 of melted snow descend 
 like torrents from the rocks 
 which surround its head. 
 Beneath is seen a vast forest 
 of aged cedars, that seem 
 coeval with the earth on 
 
77 
 
 fcfjeinen alg tie (Srbe/ vo o r a u f 
 fte geppanjt (tnb# unb tie tyre 
 bicr-ten gtuet^e big § u ben 
 Sffiolfen ftrecfen. SDiefer SBalb 
 bat untet fetnen gufsen am 2fe 
 ^jange bee SBergeS fctte 23tet)metben/ 
 morauf brfiUenbe Sttere unb 
 blofente Senate £}erum gefyen/ 
 mtt t^ren barren a u f bem 
 ©cafe t>upfenben ftdmmern 5 
 bort fltegen taufenb §3ad)e son 
 flarem Gaffer. 
 
 ©hblidj, unter btefen gBeiben/ 
 fte£)t man ben gug be>S Merges 
 qletd) etnem ©anen 5 grueling 
 unb £erbjr ^errfdjen £)ier 3 us 
 g(etd)/ unb brtngen Sttumen unb 
 grucbte t}en>or. 9?ie r)at ber 
 oerpeftete £aud) beg (SubnrinbeS/ 
 ber alleg ausrreefnet unD Der* 
 brennt, nod) ber ftrenge 9?orb= 
 winb/ tie tebfyaften garbert/ meld;e 
 btefen ©arten giereiv d e 1 1 6* 
 f d) e n ! 6 n n e n. 
 
 S5 e t btefer fct]6nen Hujre 
 fteigt bte Snfel, roorauf tie 3rabt 
 Zx)im gebaut £ft# a u g bem 
 Sfteere. £)tefe gro§e &tabt 
 febetnt auf bem SBafier gu fdjaum? 
 men/ unb bte $onigtmi beg 
 gangen 50teere§ gu fetn. £auf= 
 leute aug alien SSeltt^eilen 
 tanben bafelbft; unb itjre SBes 
 moaner f e I b ft fi'nb tie fcerufyms 
 tefren ^aufieure in ber SBelt, 
 ££enn man in biefe (Stabi tritt, 
 fo glaubt man anfangg/ eg 
 fel I e i n e etnem befenbern 
 SSolfe 5tiget)6rtge ©tabt, fc 
 
 which they grow, and bear 
 their spreading branches to 
 the clouds. At the foot of 
 this forest are rich pastures, 
 on the declivity of the moun- 
 tain. Here are seen the 
 bellowing bulls wandering 
 up and down, and the bleat- 
 ing ewes, with their tender 
 lambkins, skipping about 
 in the grass ; there flow a 
 thousand streams of purest 
 water. 
 
 Finally, below these pas- 
 tures appears the foot of the 
 mountain, like a garden ; 
 here spring and autumn reign 
 both together, producing 
 fruits and flowers. Never 
 has either the pestilential 
 blast of the south wind, which 
 dries and burns up every 
 thing, or the chilling north 
 wind, been able to blot out 
 the lively colours which 
 adorn this garden. 
 
 Not far from this beautiful 
 coast, rises in the sea the 
 island on which the city of 
 Tyre is built. This power- 
 ful city seems to swim above 
 the waves, and to be the 
 queen of all the sea. Mer- 
 chants from every part of 
 the globe land there, and its 
 own inhabitants are the most 
 renowned merchants in the 
 world. When you first enter 
 this city, you would not take 
 it for a place belonging to 
 any particular people, but 
 
 h 3 
 
78 
 
 etr.e alien 936lfern gemeinfdjaft* 
 itd)c ©tabt unb bee Sftittelpunft 
 ifyresS £anDel§. (gte t}ac gwei 
 grope £)amme, roelcfye ftd), gteid) 
 langen 'tfrmen/ t n ba§ SQZeec 
 erftrecfen/ unb einen nmtiduftigen 
 £afen einfaffen/ tueld)er 9 e g e n 
 bie 2$inbe gefd)u£t tjr. 3>n btes 
 fern £afen fiefyi man gleid)[am 
 etnen SBalb ooti ©djipmajien/ 
 unb biefc ©djiffe ftnb fo gal)l« 
 retd)/ bap man faum ba£ SReer/ 
 welches fie trdgt, entbedien !ann. 
 2CUe burger legen fidtj a u f ben 
 Jpanbel, unb ifyre grojsen Sfceicfys 
 tfyumer oerurfadjen bod) b e i 
 ifynen feinen Uebevbrup g e g e n 
 tie nottjige Tlxhtit, )& §u oer- 
 mefyren. Uebcrali ftefyt man tie 
 feine eggptifdje Setnmanb/ unb 
 ben sroetmal gefdrbten t*)rtfdcn 
 ^ucpu-c oon etnem berounbern^ 
 uniroigen ©lange 5 biefc boppelte 
 garbe i)z fo iebfyaft/ bap bie peit 
 fte ntd)t oerbleid)en farm, man 
 bebtent ftd) hewn 511 ber feinen 
 SBoUe/ treiu e man m i t einec 
 @titferei Don ®olb ivab (Sitber 
 ert)6t)t. £)ie ^onijict fyanbeln 
 m i t alien 836lfern big §u ber 
 ^eerenge ©ateS (olabt$) unb 
 fie ftnb fogar in hen gropen 
 Djean gebrungen/ u?eld)ec bie 
 gan&e @rbe umgibt. Bk fyabtn 
 lange (Seereifen a u f tern rotten 
 2J£eete gemacfyt/ unb a u f biefem 
 2£ege fyoien fie ©olb/ 2Bei^ 
 raud) unb oevfd)teeene anber= 
 wans unbelannte Sfyiere. 
 
 3d) fonnte mid) an bem 
 
 rather to be a city common 
 to all nations, and the centre 
 of their commerce. It has 
 two large mounds, which, 
 like long arms, advancing 
 into the sea, form a vast har- 
 bour, impervious to the 
 winds. In this harbour you 
 see as it w r ere, a vast forest 
 of masts, and the ships are 
 so numerous that you can 
 hardly see the sea which 
 bears them on its bosom. 
 All the citizens betake them- 
 selves to trade, and yet their 
 vast possessions never cause 
 them to grow tired of the 
 labour necessary to increase 
 . their store. There, in all 
 quarters, you see the fine 
 Egyptian linen, and the Ty- 
 rian purple twice dyed, and 
 of a wonderful brightness. 
 This double tincture is so 
 strong, that time itself cannot 
 destroy it. They make use 
 of it upon the finest cloth, 
 set off with gold and silver 
 embroidery. The Phoeni- 
 cians trade with all nations, 
 as far as the straits of Gades 
 (Cadiz) ; and they have 
 even proceeded into the vast 
 ocean that surrounds the 
 earth. They have also made 
 long voyages on the Red Sea, 
 and thither they go in quest 
 of gold, perfumes, and va- 
 rious animals, not known 
 elsewhere. 
 
 I could not sufficiently 
 
79 
 
 admire the magnificent sight 
 of this great city, where 
 every thing was in motion . 
 I did not see there, as in the 
 towns of Greece, idle inqui- 
 sitive men. going to the pub- 
 lic places in quest of news, 
 or to gaze at strangers who 
 arrive in the port. 
 
 majcjiaitf&n Sdbaufpiete btefer 
 ©rabt/ roo allcg in SBeroeaung 
 roar/ ntcht fatt fefyen. 3d) fab 
 r)ier ntcht/ rote in ben gried)ifd)en 
 ©tdbtetn mCtjnge unb neugiertge 
 Seure/ toeldje a u f ben offents 
 Xtdben 3>la$en n a c§) 9£eutg£eiten 
 tyafctyen unb tie tm |>afeti an= 
 fommenben gremben begaffen. 
 
 Rule. — The verbs $aben and fetn are often understood 
 after a participle, and, when several verbs or participles 
 occur in the same sentence, the auxiliary verb is not re- 
 peated, but is placed alone at the end of the sentence. 
 
 $Ran fat) babet fein anbereS There no other viands 
 
 gleifdv al§ vow £36geln/ roeld.e were seen but the flesh of 
 
 birds which they had taken 
 in nets, or of animals which 
 they had killed with their 
 arrows in the chase, 
 
 I seek my father upon all 
 the seas ; if I can neither 
 find him, nor return to my 
 native country, nor avoid 
 thraldom, take from me that 
 life which is intolerable to 
 me. 
 
 I see indeed, answered he? 
 O stranger, that the gods, 
 who have granted you so 
 small a share of the favours 
 of fortune, have bestowed on 
 you a portion of wisdom that 
 is more valuable than all 
 prosperity in the world. 
 
 The officer to whom the 
 king had committed the exa- 
 mination of our case, had a 
 soul as corrupt and crafty as 
 Sesostris was sincere and 
 generous. 
 
 jie in 9te§en gefangen ; ober ton 
 Sfyteren/ roetcbe fie auf ber 3sQb 
 nut tr-ren pfetlen erlegt fatten. 
 
 3d) fudje metnen SSater auf 
 alien SDReereni unb roenn id) tfyn 
 nidjt ftnben, nodi in metn SSater^ 
 lanb §uructiet)ven/ nod) tie S!ia- 
 Derawrmeften t a n n, fo netymen 
 (£te mtr ba$ Seberi/ trelcl;e^ mir 
 unertrdgltd) ifi. 
 
 3d) fel;e xvol)h aniroertete zx, 
 £) grembling/ ta% tie ©otter/ 
 roeldje ©ie fo fd;led)t mtt ©Lucres 
 gutern oerferjen I) a b e n, Stynen 
 etne SOBeutyett gegebeit/ treUte 
 fdja^barer tfr, alUUer SBofyljtanb. 
 
 £er SBeamfe/ roeld^m ber 
 £5ntg bte Unterutd;ung unferer 
 &cd)t aufgetrogeti/ f) a 1 1 e cine 
 zbm fo oerbcrbene unb t)inter= 
 lifttge @eele/ a is @fefoftri§ auf* 
 ridjttg unb grofmutfjtg roar. 
 
80 
 
 Mentor ergd^tte mir in ber Mentor has since told me, 
 
 golge, ba$ man tyxi an 2i"etr;ioper that they sold him to some 
 
 oerfauft unb er btefe in ifyr Ethiopians, whom he accom- 
 
 SSaterlanb begleitet fy a b e. panied into their own country. 
 
 Rule. — There is a necessary correlation between certain 
 conjunctions^ so that when the first part of a sentence, or 
 the antecedent, begins with one, the second part, or the 
 consequent, begins with its correlative. 
 
 SBenn ba$ UnglucB beg jtmgen If the misfortunes of young 
 Selcmad)/ roeldjer me bte SSaffen Telemachus, who has never 
 
 gegen bte Srojaner gefufyrt tyatt 
 <Sie nicbt bewegen tar\n, f o mug 
 @ic roemgften6 3$r eigner &or= 
 tfyeil rufyren. 
 
 2B e b e r 9tefior, weld-en i&) 
 §u Stylos befudjte/ nod) Splen^ 
 laus, rc-eld-er mid) freunbfdbafts 
 ltd) in Sacebdmon aufnafym, 
 f onnten mtr fagen ob mein SSater 
 nod) am Seben ware. 
 
 ^ a u m rcaren mtr an ba$ 
 Ufer gefommen, aU bie @tn* 
 wofyner glaubten wtr wdren 
 e n t m e b e r anbere 236l£er 
 ber Snfel/ weldje fid) bewaffnet 
 fatten/ urn fie ju uberfatlen, 
 o b e r grembc/ weldje fid) ibrer 
 Sdnbereien bemdduigen woilten. 
 
 2B e n n ber Summer uber 
 unfere ©efangenfdbaft un$ nid)t 
 gegen alleS Sergnugen unemp= 
 finbtid) gemacfct 'cdtte, f o tuurben 
 wir bte je§ frudjtbare @gx)ptenlanb/ 
 raeidicS gleid) etnem anmutfyigen 
 ©arten son einer unjdt)tbaren 
 Sttenge handle bewdffert xoixbt 
 mix £uft betracbtet fyaben. 
 
 Seben Sag §u gewiffen <2tun^ 
 h^n t)6rte er Meienigen oon fei* 
 nen Untenfyanen an, roeldje tym 
 
 borne arms against the Tro- 
 jans, cannot move you, at 
 least let your own interest 
 do so. 
 
 Neither Nestor, whom I 
 saw at Pylos, nor Menelaus, 
 who received me kindly in 
 Lacedsemon, could tell me 
 whether my father was still 
 alive. 
 
 Hardly were we on the 
 shore, when the inhabitants 
 thought we were either some 
 other people of the island 
 armed to surprise them, or 
 strangers who intended to 
 seize on their country. 
 
 If the grief arising from 
 our captivity had not render- 
 ed us insensible to all plea- 
 sures, our eyes would have 
 been delighted with the sight 
 of the fruitful land of Egypt, 
 which resembled a beautiful 
 garden, watered by an infi- 
 nite number of canals. 
 
 Every day he listened at 
 certain hours, to all his sub- 
 jects who had either com- 
 
81 
 
 entroebeu jvlagen oorgutra^ 
 gen o b e r 2krid)te abguftatten 
 fatten. 
 
 SBenn er ben gan^en Sag 
 gearbeitet t)atte/ tie ©efdjdfte &u 
 orbnen unb genaue ©erecfettgfeit 
 ^u oernjolten/ fo ert)oite er 
 ftd) beg 2Cbenbg/ t n b e m er 
 gelet)rten SQRcinnern jutyorte, obec 
 ftd) mit ben redjtfdjaffenften 
 Seuten unterrebete/ roeldje er 
 fet)r gut auggtm>at)len oerftanb, 
 urn fte §u feiner &5ertrautid)£ett 
 gujulaffen. 
 
 Rule. — The infinitive mood, separable prepositions, and 
 past participles, are placed at the end of their own mem- 
 ber of the sentence. The verb is usually placed at the 
 end of the sentence, as the word which more particularly 
 determines the sense of the phrase. 
 
 plaints to make or advice to 
 give to him. 
 
 After he had employed 
 the whole day in administer- 
 ing impartial justice, he con- 
 versed in the evening, by way 
 of relaxation, with the wisest 
 and best of his subjects, 
 whom he knew well how to 
 select, in order to admit them 
 to his familiarity. 
 
 ©g tji 3ett, jagte fte $u tfym/ 
 ba$ ©te nari) fo otelen 93iut)e= 
 feltgfettcn tie 2£nnefymltd)fetten 
 beg ©d)fofe§ g e n t e § e n. $kz 
 fyaben <&k mdjtS gu f u r d) t e n ; 
 alieg ijl Sfynen gimjitg. 
 
 £>a id) bti ten (5i)pnern xvax f 
 beren ©ttten id) md)t ! a n n t e, 
 fo befd)loJ3 i6) § u f d) w e t g c n, 
 anb alle Sfcegeln beg 2Cnftanbeg 
 § u b e o b a d) t e n, urn tfyre 
 2Cd)tung 3 u g e tt)i n n e n. 
 
 2Cnfang§ empfanb id) 2Cbfd)eu 
 gegen alleg wag id) f a I) ; unoer^- 
 mcrCt aber png id) a n mid) 
 baran 5 u geroStyncn. 
 
 3d) glid) ettiem Sftenfcfyen/ 
 ipelcber in etnem ttefen unb rei= 
 Lenten (Strome fdjwimmtj 
 
 It is time for you, said 
 she to him, to go and enjoy 
 the sweets of sleep after so 
 many labours. You have 
 nothing to fear here ; every 
 thing is in your favour. 
 
 As I w r as in company with 
 the Cyprians, whose manners 
 I did not understand, I re- 
 solved to be silent, to notice 
 everything that passed, and to 
 observe all the rules of pru- 
 dence, in order to gain their 
 esteem, 
 
 At first I was horror- 
 struck with every thing I saw, 
 but I insensibly began to get 
 accustomed to it. 
 
 I was like a man swim- 
 ming in a deep and rapid 
 river ; at first he dashes the 
 
82 
 
 anfang§ burd)fd)neibet er ba$ 
 £Bajfer unb fdjwimmt gegen ben 
 @trom a n 5 aber menu tie Ufer 
 fieit f t n b/ menn er am ®eftabe 
 ntd)t auSrufyen I a n n# er^ 
 mubet er enbiid) nad) unb nad)/ 
 fetne £raft t>erldft ifyn, fetne 
 muben ©Iteber erjiarren/ unb ber 
 (Strom re if t ifyn fort. 
 
 Jtaum $at id) fo g e r e b e t, 
 alS mein <Sd)mer§ gelinber murbe 
 unb metn £>er§/ son etner ti)6^ 
 ridjtcn Setbenfdjaft b e r a u f d) t, 
 faft atle ©dbam a b I e 9 1 e 5 barm 
 murbe id) nneber in einen 2Cb^ 
 qrunb son ©emiffen^biffen ges 
 fturgt. 
 
 £)tefe greube war son iener 
 anbern roetdjltdjen unb tetdbtfer= 
 ttgen greube,. toomit meine (gtnne 
 anfangS maren oergtffet to r^ 
 ben/ fefyr serfdneben ; Me eine 
 tfi eine greube/ treldje ber Sruns 
 fentjeit unb (Stnne^errutung 
 g t e i d) t/ unterbrocfyen oon ra[en= 
 ben Setbenfcfcaften unb nagenben 
 ©enriffenSbtffen ; bte anbte ijt 
 cine greube ber SSernunft/ meldhe 
 etma§ ^etiges unb £immltf&e§ 
 an fid) !)at5 fte ift pets rein 
 unb ftd) qkid) 5 9ttd}t§ lann fte 
 erfd)5pfen; ) e m e t) r man 
 fid) tbr t) t n 9 1 b t/ be fro ffc 
 f er tfl; fte 5 fte entgucft bte ©eele/ 
 ofyne fte § u beunrufytgen. 
 £)ann t)ergofj id) greubentfyranen/ 
 unb id) fanb/ baj? nidjts fuper tffc 
 al6 fo su me in en. 
 
 (So j e t) r un£ bas £anb ber 
 Snfel (Sxvpern t>ernad)tafiigt unb 
 
 waves aside, and rises vigor- 
 ously against the stream ; but 
 if the banks are steep, and 
 he cannot find a place to 
 rest himself upon, he gradu- 
 ally gets tired, and at length 
 his strength forsakes him, 
 his exhausted limbs grow 
 stiff, and the stream carries 
 him away. 
 
 Scarcely had I spoken 
 thus, when my pain became 
 less poignant, and my heart, 
 intoxicated with a foolish 
 joy, almost shook off all 
 shame ; then I found myself 
 again plunged into an abyss 
 of remorse. 
 
 This joy was very different 
 from that loose and dissolute 
 joy which had poisoned my 
 senses ; one is the joy of 
 drunkenness and disorder, 
 interrupted by furious and 
 tormenting remorse ; the 
 other is a joy of reason, in 
 which there is something 
 heavenly and divine. It is 
 always pure and equal ; no- 
 thing can exhaust it ; the 
 deeper we drink of it, the 
 more agreeable is the taste. 
 It ravishes the soul, without 
 discomposing it. Then I 
 poured forth tears of joy, 
 and found that nothing was 
 sweeter than to weep in this 
 
 manner. 
 
 In the same degree that 
 the land of Cyprus had ap- 
 
83 
 
 unangebaut gefcfytenen fyattt, peared neglected and uneul- 
 
 um fo mefyr geigte ftdj Siztta tivated, did Crete seem fer- 
 
 frud)tbar unb burcb tie Arbeit tile and adorned with all 
 
 femer S3en>ot)net mtt allerijanb kinds of fruits, through the 
 
 grud)ten g e f d) m u ct t. labour of the inhabitants. 
 
 Rule. — The Germans agree, generally, with the English 
 in the use of the indicative and subjunctive moods, the sense 
 requiring, in both languages, the indicative where the verb 
 denotes any thing that is determined and certain, and the 
 subjunctive, where any thing contingent or doubtful is ex- 
 pressed. 
 
 This rule is general, and, consequently, not without ex- 
 ception ; the sentences which follow contain exemplifications 
 both of the rule and of some of its exceptions. 
 
 £)er Dowefymjte btefer ©retfe The most distinguished 
 6 f f n e t e ba$ @efe§bud) beg among these old men, opened 
 SDRtnog. £)teg war em grofkS 
 S3ud)/ tt>eld)e§ man geroofynltd) 
 in etnem golbenen mtt rootylne* 
 d)enbem 9fcaud)tt>erf angefutiten 
 Mftdien t) e r u> a i) r t e. 2CUe 
 btefe ©retfe I & $ t e n eg efyfs 
 furcfytgooll 5 berm fie f a g t e n, 
 bafj ndd)ft ben ©Sttew/ con 
 tt>elrf)en bte guten @efe£e $ e r^ 
 f o m m e n, 9ttd)tS ben SCRenfcfyen 
 fo t)etltg fetn m u fv aU bicfe 
 ©efege, beren S3eftimmung tjr 
 fie gut/ rceife unb glucf(td) §u 
 macfyen. SDtejenigen^ weldje bte 
 ®efe|e in £cmben i) a b e n, urn 
 bte Golfer §u regieven/ m u f f e n 
 fid) feibjl oon ben ©efe^en re* 
 gteren laffen 5 term md)t ber 
 Sftenfd), fonbern bag ®efe§ f 1 1 
 regteren. £)teS war ber 2Cu§* 
 brutf btefer Sffietfen. £)ann 
 fd)lug berjentge, weldjer ben 3Sor=: 
 ft© tyatte, brei gragen uor, 
 
 the book of the laws of Minos. 
 It was a large book, which 
 they usually kept locked up 
 in a perfumed casket made 
 of gold. All these ancients 
 kissed it with great respect ; 
 for they said, that next to 
 the gods, from whom good 
 laws proceed, nothing ought 
 to be so sacred among men, 
 as those laws the intention of 
 which is to make them good, 
 wise, and happy. Those who 
 have the laws in their hands 
 for the purpose of governing 
 the people, ought always to 
 suffer themselves to be guided 
 by the law ; it is the law, 
 and not the man, that ought 
 to reign. This was the ex- 
 pression of these sages. Then 
 he who had the precedency 
 proposed three questions, 
 
84 
 
 welcfie wad) btn ©runbfafcen beg 
 9Dfttno§ aufgcl61t werben foltten. 
 
 £>te crfre grage war tie/ 
 wer ber freiejte non alien 9Jcens 
 fcfyen f e t. (ginige anttuo v= 
 t e t e it/ eg radrc em .ftonig/ 
 welder uber fetn SSotf etne un^ 
 umfdjrSnlte ?0^adbt I) a x t e* unb 
 ftegretd) gegen alle feine getnbe 
 ware. 2£nbere b e fy a u p t e^ 
 t e n, eg ware em @old)er/ ber 
 fo rctd) ware/ ba% er alle feine 
 fSSunfdbe befriebtgen fonnte. 
 2lnbere fagten/ eg ware ein 
 SORen(ci)/ wetdier ftd) md)t d e iv 
 !) e t r a 1 1) e t e unb ber fetn 
 gangeg £eben in uerfdnebenen 
 Sanbern umtjcr r e t f e t z, ofyne 
 ieboct) ben ©efefcen irgenb enter 
 Elation uitterworfen 5U (ein. 
 2£nbere ft e 11 1 e n ftd) r, eg 
 ware ein SBarbar, welder t>on 
 ber 3agb mitten in SBalbern 
 libit, unb bat)er oon f enter 
 ^oli^ei unb rcn £einen £3eburf= 
 ni fieri abfyange. 2Cnbere 
 g I a u b t e m eg w & r e ein fo 
 cben aug ber &iiawm befreieter 
 SDRenfdv weit er aug ber @trenge 
 ber £tenjtbarteit erloft/ mefjr 
 alg jeber anbere bte 2Cnne't)mlid)' 
 lett ber grctyett f d) m e d? t c. 
 sftod) anbere fatten ben (Sin- 
 fall gu befyaupten/ eg ware ein 
 ©terbenber, weit ber Sob it;rt 
 yon atlem b e f r e t e/ unb alle 
 «0lenfd)en jufammen feine ©ewalt 
 mefyr uber tfyn fatten. 
 
 2116 bie €Heir;e an mid) lam, 
 £ jf c t e eg mid) feine SDftutje 
 gu antworten/ weil id) bag/ wag 
 
 which were to be decided by 
 the maxims of Minos. 
 
 The first question was, 
 Who is the freest of all men ? 
 Some answered : that it was 
 a king who had an absolute 
 power over his people, and 
 had subdued all his enemies. 
 Others asserted that it was a 
 man so rich that he could 
 gratify all his wishes. Others 
 said, it was a man who did 
 not marry, and who travelled 
 all his life in different coun- 
 tries, without ever being 
 subject to the laws of any 
 nation. Others conceived 
 that it was a barbarian, who, 
 living by hunting in the 
 midst of the woods, was inde- 
 pendent of any government, 
 and subject to no sort of 
 want. Others believed it 
 was a man just set at liberty, 
 because coming out of the 
 hardships of servitude, he 
 enjoyed the sweets of free- 
 dom more than any other. 
 Others, again, maintained 
 that it was a dying man, be- 
 cause death freed him from 
 all trouble, and because all 
 mankind, together, had no 
 longer any power over him. 
 
 When it came to my turn, 
 I had no difficulty to answer, 
 because I had not forgotten 
 
85 
 
 mtr Mentor fo oft gefagt ntd)t 
 uergeffen tyatte. £)er freteftc 
 von alien COlenfdjen/ antioortete 
 id), i ft berjemge/ metd)er tn bee 
 ©flaoeret felbjt fret fetn I an n. 
 3n welcijem Sanbe unb tn roeldjem 
 ©tanbe man aud) fetn m 6 g z, 
 fo ift man gan§ fret/ roenn man 
 tic ©otter f u r d) t e t/ unb jroar 
 nur fte alletn f u r d) t e t. SERit 
 etnem 2Borte ; ber roafyrfyaft frete 
 SOlenfd) ift berjemge/ ber oon 
 alter gurd)t unb alter SSegterbe 
 entfernt/ nur ben ©ottern unb 
 fetner 23ernunft unterroorfen 
 i ft. £>te ©retfe f a I) e n ftd) 
 lacfeelnb an, unb raaren er= 
 ftaunt/ ka$ metne 2Cntwort ge= 
 rabe btejentge be§ fOltno§ war. 
 
 Rule. — Incidental sentences are placed immediately 
 after the word which they explain or modify. When there 
 is a concurrence of regimens, the personal pronouns in 
 regimen are put immediately after the verb of the subject. 
 Instead of the present participle, it is better, as well as 
 more elegant, to use the verb, with one of the particles 
 tnbem/ txx, roafyrenb/ nad)bem/ &c. Adverbs of time, and all 
 expressions which denote time, as well as adverbs of nega- 
 tion, are usually placed after the personal pronouns. In 
 placing several regimens, it is of less importance to consult 
 the brevity or length of each regimen in particular, than 
 the nearer or more remote connection which it may have 
 with the verb. 
 
 what Mentor had often 
 told me. The freest of all 
 men, I replied, is he who can 
 be free in slavery itself. In 
 what condition or country 
 soever a man is, he is per- 
 fectly free if he fears the 
 gods, and only them. In a 
 word, the man who is truly 
 free, is he who, being disen- 
 gaged from all dread and all 
 anxious desire, is subject only 
 to the gods and his own rea- 
 son. The old men looked 
 at each other smiling, and 
 were surprised to find that 
 my answer was exactly that 
 of Minos. 
 
 2tbrajt/ beffen Sruppen be= 
 tradjtltd) jufammengefdjmoljen 
 xvaven, fyatte ftd) I) inter ben 
 £3erg 2Culon ^urutfge^ogen/ urn 
 metjrere £filf&>6lfcr gu erroarten/ 
 unb bann feine getnbe nod) ein 
 
 Adrastus, whose troops 
 had been considerably di- 
 minished in the battle, had 
 posted himself behind Mount 
 Aulon, to wait for some re- 
 inforcements, and to try once 
 I 
 
86 
 
 mat gu uberfallen; gtetd) einem 
 fyungrigen S6n?eri/ tselcfyer au3 
 einer (gdjdferet cerjagt roorben 
 if!/ mieber in tie bujtern SBdtber 
 unb in feine #5r;le gurucffefyrt/ 
 wo er feine gatme unb feine 
 &tauen &e§r unb ben gunftigen 
 2£ugenbM ablauert; tie #eerben 
 gu entuivgen. 
 
 9t a d) b e m Selemad) bafur 
 geforgt fratte; im Sager eine 
 genaue $rieg§§ud)t eingurtd)ten, 
 n>ar er nur tarauf bebad)t^ ein 
 SSorfyaben au^ufufyren, rcelcbeS 
 er gefajjt tyatte/ unb ba$ er alien 
 #nfut)tern ber 2Crmee cer^eim^ 
 lifytt. (S d) o n feit I a n g e 
 rourbe er all? yiad)ti burd) 
 Srdume beunrufytgt/ n?eld)e ifym 
 fetnen $ater Ult)ffe§ corftellten. 
 £>tefe$ liebe SSilb !am allegeit 
 gegen ba$ (Snbe ber Sftacfyt, efye 
 bie S£ftorgentott)e burd) tfyten 
 aufftetgenben @lan§ bie unbe= 
 jldnbtgen (Sterne com vgnmmel/ 
 unb ben ftifjen (Sd)laf mit fetnen 
 flatternben Sraumen con ber 
 (Srbe certrieb. 25 a I b glaubte 
 er ben Ul^ffe§ nalt a u f einer 
 glucfltdjen Snfel a m Ufer etnes 
 gluffcg auf einer mit SSlumen 
 gefcfymucften UBiefe gu fet)en> um= 
 geben con Sj^mpfyen, n?eld)e 
 il)m $tetber g u feiner S3ebecf ung 
 guroarfen. S3 a I b glaubte er 
 ir;n in einem con (Mb unb dU 
 fenbetn gtdnjenben spatajfe reben 
 gu l)6ren/ a 9Jcenfd)en, roeldfce 
 mitSSlumen befrangt roaren, tfym 
 mtt^ergnugen unb SSemunberung 
 gufyorten. £ft erfcfyten tt)m 
 
 more to surprise the enemy ; 
 like a famished lion, which, 
 having been driven from a 
 sheepfold, returns again into 
 the gloomy forest, and re- 
 enters his den, where he 
 whets his teeth and his claws, 
 waiting for a favourable op- 
 portunity to destroy the flock. 
 Telemaehus, having intro- 
 duced a strict discipline 
 throughout the army, now 
 applied himself solely to exe- 
 cute a design which he had 
 conceived, and which he 
 concealed from all the com- 
 manders of the army. He 
 had already, for a considera- 
 ble time, been disturbed 
 every night by dreams which 
 placed his father Ulysses 
 before him. This dear image 
 always came towards the end 
 of the night, before Aurora, 
 with her dawming light, be- 
 gan to chase from the hea- 
 vens the wandering stars, 
 and from the earth gentle 
 sleep w T ith his fluttering 
 dreams. Sometimes he fan- 
 cied he saw Ulysses naked 
 in one of the fortunate 
 islands, on the bank of a 
 river, in a meadow embel- 
 lished with flowers, amidst a 
 circle of nymphs, who were 
 throwing garments to him to 
 cover himself with. Some- 
 times he thought he heard 
 him talk in a palace glitter- 
 ing with gold and ivory, 
 
87 
 
 UtyfieS p(o£ttd) auf ©ajfc 
 mctfern, m o greube u n t e r 
 (5rg5§ltd)t:etten fd)tmmerte# unb 
 mo man tie aiujenefymen Scne 
 etner (Stimme in SBegtettung einer 
 Setec t)6rtc/ me{d)e fanftcr mar 
 alS tie Seter be£ 2CpoIl§ unb bte 
 (Stimmen alter SDlufen. 
 
 Snbeffen brang ber ©o$n be€ 
 Uti^jfegf mtt bem £)egen in ber 
 gaujr, in btefe fcr,rec?ttd)e gtnfter= 
 mg. SSalD bemerft er einen 
 fdbroadjen unb bunfeln (Shimmer/ 
 fo true man beg 9t a d) 1 6 auf 
 ber (Srbe ftet>t. dt bemerft 
 Cetd)te ©djatten, meld)e tf)n urn? 
 pattern $ er entfernt fte mit 
 feinem £>egen. £)ann fter)t er 
 bte traurigen Ufer beg morajrtgen 
 glupeS/ befjen fdjlammtgeS unb 
 ftetyenbeS Sffiaffer fid) nur im 
 SBtrbel umbrefyt. 
 
 (£r entbecft an biefem ($ejrabe 
 etne gafyUofe 9Jlenge oon Sobten, 
 meldfce be$ SBegrabniffeS beraubt 
 ftnb/ unb (id) bem unerbttts 
 Ctdjen (Sharon uergeblid) barjteU 
 len. liefer ©ott, beffen emtgeS 
 2£lter ftets traurtg unb murrtfd), 
 aber soil Sebr;afttg!eit ift, jl6pt 
 fie gurucf, unb nimmt fogtetd) 
 ben jungen ©rtedjen in fetne 
 S3arle. 2Clg Setemad) fyinetn* 
 fiieg, t)6rte er bag ©eufjen etneS 
 (Sci}atteng/ roeldjer ftdr) ntd)t 
 troften fonnte. 
 
 where he was listened to 
 with pleasure and admiration 
 by men crowned with flowers. 
 Often Ulysses appeared to 
 him suddenly at festivals 
 where joy shone forth amidst 
 delights, and where you 
 might hear the soft harmony 
 of a voice accompanying a 
 harp, more melodious than 
 the harp of Apollo and the 
 voices of all the muses. 
 
 Meanwhile the son of 
 Ulysses, with his sword in 
 his hand, rushes into this 
 horrible darkness. Presently 
 he perceives a faint and 
 gloomy light, such as we see 
 in the night-time on earth. 
 He observes nimble ghosts 
 fluttering round him, and he 
 puts them away with his 
 sword. Shortly after he 
 espies the melancholy banks 
 of the marshy river, the foul 
 and sluggish waters of which 
 turn in a continual eddy. 
 
 On the bank of this river 
 he discovers an innumerable 
 crowd of departed souls, who 
 being destitute of burial, in 
 vain present themselves to 
 the inexorable Charon. This 
 diety,. whose eternal age is 
 morose and fretful, yet vigor- 
 ous, threatens and repulses 
 them all ; but immediately ad- 
 mits into his boat the young 
 Greek. As Telemachus en- 
 tered, he heard the groans of 
 a certain disconsolate shade. 
 
88 
 
 Scfy war, fa^tc ifym biefet 
 fatten, 9tabopt)argan, ,5t&nig 
 be§ ftolgen 23ab9lon§ $ atle 2S6l!er 
 beS CrientS gitterten bet bcm 
 blogen ©d)alle meineS SKamenS ; 
 id) lief? mid) uon ben S3abt)lc? 
 mem in etnem marmornen gems 
 pel, wo id) burd) etne golbene 
 £3ilbfaule sorgeftetlt war, sor 
 weldier Sag unb 9?adht bte fofU 
 itd)j!en Sftaudjwerfe #eti)iopten6 
 brannten, an bete n. SRie 
 burfte mtr jemanb wiber(pred)en, 
 otme auf ber ©telle bejfraft gu 
 werben. Seben Sag erfann man 
 neue Suftbatfetten, urn mir ba$ 
 Seben angenefym gu mad}en. 
 2Cber ein SJBeib/ weld)e£ id) liebte, 
 unb weld)e mid) md)t liebte, §at 
 mid) empftnben laffen, baf? id) 
 fetn @5ott bin 5 fte i)at mid) sers 
 gtftet 5 id) bin nid)t mel)r. 
 
 33ct btefer SRebe weinte ber 
 33abt)lonter wie ein feigfyergiger 
 9Xenfd), weld)en tie SKollufte 
 tterraeid)lid)t fyaben, unb weldbet 
 nid)t gewofynt ift, ftanbtjaft em 
 Unglutf gu erttagen. §Bti if)m 
 waren eintge ©flaoen, weld)e 
 ©fan, urn fein 2etd)enbegtabnif$ 
 gu efyren, umgebrad)t fyatte. 
 SOZerfur ijatte fte bem Charon 
 nebfi ifyrem $6nige, bem fte auf 
 (grben gebtent fatten, ubergeben, 
 unb i^nen eine unum(d)ran!te 
 ©ewalt uber benfelben cerltetjen. 
 £)iefe (Sllaoenfd)atten furd)teten 
 ben ©cbatten Sftabopljargang nidit 
 mel)r$ fte t>tclten it)n gefeffelt, 
 
 I was, said this shade to 
 him, Nabopharzan (Nebu- 
 chadnezzar), king of proud 
 Babylon. All the nations 
 of the East trembled at the 
 very sound of my name. I 
 made the Babylonians wor- 
 ship me in a marble temple, 
 in which I was represented 
 by a golden statue, before 
 which they night and day 
 burned the most precious 
 perfumes of Ethiopia. Never 
 did any one presume to con- 
 tradict me, without being in- 
 stantly punished. Every 
 day they invented new di- 
 versions in order to make 
 life more pleasant to me. 
 But a woman whom I loved, 
 and who did not love me, 
 made me very sensible that 
 I was no god ; she poisoned 
 me, and I am no more. 
 
 While speaking thus, the 
 Babylonian wept like a pusil- 
 lanimous wretch, enervated 
 by prosperity, and unaccus- 
 tomed to bear misfortune 
 with an undaunted resolu- 
 tion. There were close by 
 him some slaves, who had 
 been put to death to grace 
 his funeral. Mercury had 
 delivered them up to Charon, 
 together with their king, and 
 had given them absolute 
 power over this king whom 
 they had served on earth. 
 The shades of these slaves 
 no longer feared the shade 
 
89 
 
 unb ernriefen ujm bte gvaufamften 
 23efd)tmpfungen. SRaboyfyavian 
 jlurjte fid) mit bem ©eficfyt auf 
 tie (5rbe> unb ri{$ fid) in etnem 
 2Cnfall oon 2But& unb SSergrcetfc 
 lung bie #aare auS. 2lbet 
 (Sharon fagte §u ben ©flaoen: 
 ferret ttjn bet ber £ette, reiget 
 tyn roiber feinen S&illen in bte 
 £of)e ; fogar ben Sroft fetne 
 ©cfyanbe gu serbergen foil er 
 nidbt fyaben; alle ©djattcn bee 
 (Stgp mujfen baoon skuge fetn, 
 urn bte ©otter §u redbtferttgen/ 
 roelcfye fo lange jugefefyen fyabin* 
 bag biefer ©ottlofe auf ber (Srbe 
 regierte. 
 
 28 a I) r e n b biefer SKebe beS 
 furd)tbaren @l)aron£ fiief* bte 
 S5ar!e fdjon an bag Ufer oom 
 Sf^etdie ^luto'fi. 2Cllc ©(fatten 
 eitten fyerbet, urn btefen lebenbigen 
 Sttenfdjen §u betrad)ten, weldjec 
 mitten unter Un Sobten in ber 
 SSarEe ftanb. 2(ber in bem 
 2CugenblicB/ ate Selemad) ben 
 gufj aufs Sanb fe^tc/ entflo^en 
 fie/- gletd) ben ©d)atten ber Sftacfyt, 
 srelcfye ber geringfte ©tral)l beS 
 &age£itd)teS $erftreut. (Sfyavon, 
 meld)er bem jungen ®rted)en etne 
 nid)t fo run^eiige ©time unb 
 rceniger nrilbe #ugen, rote fonjt bei 
 it)mgett)5^niid)n?ar jetgte/ fagte §u 
 ii)m : SSon ben ©ottern geltebter 
 ©terblidjer/ b a e5 btr sergbnnt 
 ijr in ba$ SKetd) ber Sftadjt §u 
 fommem roelcfyeS alien anbern 
 
 of Nabopharzan ; they held 
 him in chains, and insulted 
 him in the most opprobrious 
 manner. Nabopharzan threw 
 himself fiat on his face upon 
 the ground, tearing off his 
 hair through excess of rage 
 and desperation. But Charon 
 said to the slaves : Pull him 
 by his chain ; raise him up 
 in spite of himself; he shall 
 not have even the consola- 
 tion of concealing his shame ; 
 it must be seen by all the 
 shades about the Styx, in 
 order that they may bear 
 witness of it, and justify the 
 gods who have so long suf- 
 fered this impious wretch to 
 reign upon the earth. 
 
 While the terrible Charon 
 was holding this discourse, 
 his boat reached the shore of 
 Pluto's kingdom. All the 
 ghosts came thronging to • 
 view this living man who 
 appeared in the boat among 
 the dead ; but scarcely had 
 Telemachus landed before 
 they all flew away like the 
 shades of night, which are 
 dissipated by the first glimpse 
 of day. Charon, with a 
 brow less wrinkled, and eyes 
 less fierce than usual, said to 
 the young Greek : O mortal, 
 favourite of the gods, since 
 it is given to thee to enter 
 the kingdom of night, inac- 
 cessible to all living crea- 
 tures, make haste and go 
 
 i3 
 
90 
 
 ©tcrbltdjen unjugdnglid) ifi, f o 
 ette/ b a t) t n gu get)en# w o t) i n 
 bag ©djttffal bid) ruft. ©e^e 
 burd) biefen bunfeln 28eg gum 
 spaiafte beg glutei rceld)en bu 
 auf feinem Sfyrone ftnben roirft 5 
 er rcirb tir erlaubem an biejenu 
 gen Drte gu getjeri/ beren @e= 
 fyeimnig id) bir nid)t offenbaren 
 barf. 
 
 ©ogleid) eitte Selemad) mit 
 frarfen ©Written fort. 2Cllenu 
 t?alben ftebjt er ©fatten a m ftd) 
 t) e r flattern/ gabjlreicrjer alS bie 
 ©anbtorner am SJleerufer ; unb 
 in bem ©ercufyte biefer unenb= 
 licben SDRenge ergreift itm ein 
 gottlicber ©d)aubeo bei 25etrad)= 
 tung ter tiefen ©title biefer 
 roeiten ©egenben. Seine £aare 
 ftcauben ftd) empor, al$ er ftd) 
 bem fdjroarjen 2Cufentt)aIt beS 
 unbarmbjergtgen spiuto ndtjm 5 
 er ffitjlt feine £me roanlen 5 bie 
 ©timme fetjlt tym, unb faum 
 sermag er bem ©otte biefe S&orte 
 gu fagen : ©ie fefyen, furdjts 
 bare ©ottt)ett, ben©ot)n tes un= 
 glucflicben UlpffeS 5 id) lomme 
 ©ie gu fragen, ob mein 23ater in 
 3t}r IHctd) t)erabgefttegen/ ober ob 
 ix nod) auf ber (Erbe ijl. 
 
 |Huto fag auf fetnem Sfyrone 
 t>on (£benr,olg. ©ein ©eftd)t 
 war blag unb emit/ feine #ugen 
 rcaren r;ot)l unb funfelnb, feine 
 ©time rungelig unb brofyenb. 
 £er linbM eineS Sebenben rear 
 
 whither the destinies call 
 thee ; go through this gloomy 
 path to the palace of Pluto, 
 whom thou wilt find on his 
 throne. He will permit 
 thee to enter those places, 
 the secrets of which I am 
 not allowed to disclose. 
 
 Telemachus immediately 
 advances with hasty steps ; 
 on all sides he sees multi- 
 tudes of fluttering ghosts, 
 countless as the grains of 
 sand on the sea-shore ; and, 
 in the hurry of this innu- 
 merable crowd, he is seized 
 with a divine horror, on ob- 
 serving the profound silence 
 of these vast regions. His 
 hair stands on end when he 
 reaches the dismal abode of 
 the pitiless Pluto. His knees 
 tremble, his voice fails him ? 
 and it is not without great 
 difficulty that he is able to 
 pronounce these words : You 
 see, O terrible deity, the son 
 of the unhappy Ulysses ; I 
 come to enquire of you whe- 
 ther my father is descended 
 into your dominions, or whe- 
 ther he is still wandering 
 upon the earth. 
 
 Pluto was seated on a 
 throne of ebony ; his com- 
 plexion was pale and severe ; 
 his eyes were hollow and 
 sparkling ; his face wrinkled 
 and threatening. The sight 
 
91 
 
 tym \mfya$tr nrie bag Sicfyt Me 
 2£ugen beqenigen &t)iere htUU 
 bigt/ n>eld)e gewofynt ftnb/ nur 
 beg ?Rad)tg ifyre ©d)tupfn?infel 
 gu uerlaffen. 2Cn feiner @eitc 
 fafj ^roferptna, tt?etdbe aUetn feine 
 SSitc£e auf fid) 309/ unb iretcbe 
 etn wentg fein #er§ 511 miibern 
 fcbien 5 fte genofi einer tmmer 
 erneuerten @d)6n^ett ; aber fte 
 fdjten mit tfyrer gdttltdben 2Cn* 
 mutt) Don ttjrem ©atten etroaS 
 partes unb ©raufameS oeretntgt 
 SU fyaben. 
 
 2(m guffc beS £f)rone§ roar 
 ber blaffc unb Der$et)renbe Sob 
 mit feiner fd)arfen @enfe> rceld)e 
 er unabldjTtg treble. Urn it>n 
 Return flcgen bic fdpaqen 
 <Sorgen$ bag graufame 9tttfs~ 
 trauen; tie ftetg Don SSlut tries 
 fenbe unb mit SBunben bebectte 
 !Kad)fud)t 3 ber ungerecfyre £afj $ 
 ber ftd) felbfr aernagenbe ©ei§ $ 
 tie SSergweiftung, rcelcrje ftd) mtc 
 ifyren etgnen £dnben gerfXeifcftt 5 
 ber trat).imi£ige, alteg umfturs 
 5enbe ©fyrgetg 5 bte 23errdtl)eret/ 
 roelcfye ftd) mit SSlut trdnlen mill/ 
 aber ftd) bee burd) fte angejrifte= 
 ten UebelS nid)t erfreuen lann 5 
 ber 9Zeib/ tt)eld)er fein tobtlicfyeS 
 ©tft urn ftd) fyerum fprugt unb 
 roeldjer, in feiner Dt)nmad)t gu 
 fci)abcn, rafenb roirb 5 tie ©otts 
 loftgleit/ trelc^e ftd) felbft einen 
 bobenlofen 2Cbgrunb grdbt, rcortn 
 fte ftd) otjne £offnung jturgt 5 bte 
 fd)euplid)en@efpenfter5 tie &rug= 
 gejtatten/ roeld)e bte Sobten Dor* 
 ftellen/ urn bte £ebenbigen gu 
 
 of a living man was as odious 
 to him 'as the light is offen- 
 sive to the eyes of those 
 creatures which never leave 
 their hiding places but dur- 
 ing the night. By his side 
 appeared Proserpine, who 
 alone attracted his attention, 
 and seemed to soften his 
 heart. She enjoyed a beauty 
 that was always fresh ; but to 
 her divine graces was added 
 a certain severity which she 
 borrowed from her husband. 
 At the foot of the throne 
 w r as pale and devouring 
 death, with his sharp-edged 
 scythe, which he was con- 
 tinually whetting. Around 
 him flew black cares, cruel 
 jealousies, revenge reeking 
 with blood, and covered with 
 wounds ; unjust hatreds ; 
 avarice gnawing itself ; des- 
 pair tearing itself with its 
 own hands ; wild ambition, 
 that overturns every thing 
 and puts it into combustion ; 
 treason that feeds upon blood, 
 and cannot enjoy the fruits 
 of its own wickedness ; envy 
 that pours forth her deadly 
 venom around her, and grows 
 furious when she is unable 
 to do any harm ; impiety 
 digging a bottomless pit, and 
 desperately throwing herself 
 into it ; hideous spectres, 
 phantoms that invest them- 
 selves in the shapes of the 
 dead to frighten the living ; 
 
92 
 
 erfcfyrecfen $ tie fcfyrecfenben 
 Zxaume, unb bte <Sd)lafloftgfett/ 
 weld)e zhzn fo fdjrecBltd^ ift, a(S 
 bte traurtgen Srdume. 2Clle 
 btefe Srauergejialten umfd)web~ 
 ten ben ftol§en spiuto unb wfa 
 fuilten ben ^alafr, weldjen et 
 bewofynte. 
 
 (§r antwortete btm Selemad) 
 mtt t)ol)ler ©timme/ wooon bet: 
 ©runb beS (SrebuS gittcrtc : 
 hunger ©terblid)er# bte ©ditcf* 
 [ale fyaben btr erlaubt/ btefe ben 
 @d)atten gefyetltgte ©tdtte §u 
 oerle|en 5 folge betnera t>ot)en 
 6>4id!falej id) will btr ntd)tfagen/ 
 mo betn SSater tft ; genug, bu 
 t)aft bte grettyett/ itjn auf^ufudjcn. 
 £a er auf ber drbe &ontg war, 
 fo fannjr bu etner (Setts btejentge 
 ©egenb beS fdjwarjen SartaruS 
 burrtwanbern, wo tie gottlofen 
 £6mge gefrraft, auf ber anbern 
 ©cite bie eit)fdtfd)en geibet/ wo 
 bte guten £6ntge belofyntwerben. 
 2Clletn son t)ter au$ iannft bu 
 nur $u ben eit)fdifd)en gelbetn 
 geiangen, wenn bu guoor burd) 
 ben SartaruS gegangen biji$ cite 
 unb DCrtof metn Stetd). 
 
 frightful dreams ; and sleep- 
 lessness quite as dreadful as 
 frightful dreams. All these 
 direful forms surrounded the 
 stern Pluto, and filled the 
 palace in which he dwelt. 
 
 He answered Telemachus 
 with a hollow voice, that 
 made the bottom of Erebus 
 tremble : Young mortal, the 
 fates have allowed thee to 
 violate this sacred sanctuary 
 of the shades : follow thy 
 high destiny ; I will not tell 
 thee where thy father is : it 
 is enough thou art free to 
 go and look for him. Since 
 he was a king upon earth, 
 thou hast but to traverse on 
 the one hand that part of the 
 gloomy Tartarus where the 
 wicked kings are punished, 
 and on the other, the Ely- 
 sian fields, where the good 
 kings are rewarded. But 
 thou canst not go hence into 
 the Elysian fields before thou 
 hast passed through Tartarus ; 
 make haste thither, and get 
 out of my empire. 
 
 Rule. — German propositions are usually placed before 
 the case which they govern, and a few compound verbs, 
 formed with the particle mif/ sometimes receive the augment 
 ge at the beginning of the past participle, sometimes in the 
 middle, and sometimes not at all. 
 
 (gogletd) fdjten Setemad) Telemachus seems instant- 
 burd) biefe leeren unb ly to fly through the void 
 unermepltdjen Sftdume gletcfyfam and immense spaces, so much 
 
93 
 
 $u (Regent fo fefyr serlangte ttjn 
 $u mijfen, ob er feinen S3ater 
 fefyen roetbe, unb aud) fid) a u 
 ber f d) e u g (id) e n ©egens 
 roart be$ £t)rannen §u entfernen/ 
 rcelcber Sebenbige unb Sobte in 
 (gcfyrecfen fyalt. Grnbltd) be? 
 merit er ben fdjroarjen SartaruS 
 fciemlid) nafye b e i fid) ; ein 
 bicfer fdjwacjer Sftaud) jrieg bars 
 au$ empor, beffen Derpefteter 
 ©erud) tobten nwrbe, roenn er 
 jtd) i n bem fSSorjnorte bee Seben? 
 ben oerbrettete* biefer Sftaud) 
 bebecfte etnen (Strom con 
 geuer unb glammennrirbel/ 
 bejfen ©etofe, gXeicr) bemjemgen, 
 meldjeS bte umgeftumfren glufte 
 mad)en/ rcenn fie »on ben 
 f) 6 d) fr e n ©ipfeln ber geifen 
 in ben tiefjien tfbgvunb (iurgeii/ 
 oerurfac^en/ ba£ man an btefen 
 traurtgen Oertern nidjts beurltd) 
 $6ren !ann. 
 
 (Snblid) erbitcfte Selemad) ^k 
 R&mQt/ it>etcf)e bejhregen oer* 
 bammt rourben/ weil fie it)re 
 SOladjt mifibraucbt fatten. 
 li u f ber etnen ©eite tyfelt ifynen 
 etne rdd)enbe ©trafgottfyeit etnen 
 (Spiegel uoo ber itjnen bie gan$e 
 ©cfyeujHtcfyfeit itjrer Safter &eigte. 
 #ter fafyen fie unb fonnten nidjt 
 unterlajfen ju fefjen tyre grobe 
 ©itelfeit/ roetd)e n a d) ben Ids 
 d)erlid)(Ien £obfprud)en gtertg 
 i)a[d)te $ tyre £drte g e g c n 
 bte 2Dftenfd)en/ roeld)e fie fatten 
 giucflid) mad)en follen* tyre 
 ©efityllofigfeit fur bte Sugenb, 
 tyre 2£ngjr/ bie SBa^r^eit $u 
 
 does he long to know if he 
 shall see his father, and to 
 get out of the horrible pre- 
 sence of the tyrant who holds 
 both the living and the dead 
 in awe. He presently finds 
 himself near dark Tartarus ; 
 a thick black smoke ascended 
 thence, the pestilential stench 
 of which would have brought 
 on instant death with it, had 
 it reached the abodes of the 
 living. This smoke sat upon 
 a river of flaming fire, the 
 noise of which, like that of 
 the most impetuous cataracts, 
 falling from the summit of 
 the highest rocks into the 
 bottomless pit, made it im- 
 possible for those who en- 
 tered these dismal places to 
 hear anything distinctly. 
 
 At length Telemachus 
 perceived the kings who were 
 punished for having abused 
 their power. On one hand 
 a vindictive Fury held up to 
 them a mirror which showed 
 tham their vices in all their 
 deformity. There they saw 
 and were obliged to see their 
 fulsome vanity, which gree- 
 dily swallowed down the 
 grossest flattery ; their obdu- 
 racy towards men, whom they 
 ought to have made happy ; 
 their insensibility to virtue ; 
 their dread to hear the truth $ 
 their negligence, their sloth^ 
 
94 
 
 !>5ren; t^re 9tetgung $u meter* 
 trddjttgen unb fd)metd)terifd)en 
 3Xenfd)en ; tljre 9tad)ldfugfett $ 
 tfyre SSScid)tid)fett ; tfyre @orgs 
 loftgfett* tfyren un§eitigen 2£rg= 
 tt»ot?n 5 ifyren Uebermutl) unb 
 tfjre ubermdfnge tyxa&tlkbtt 
 tt)eld}e ba§ SSerberben bee SSolfer 
 serurfad)te ; it)re (Sfyrfudjt, ein 
 roentg 3Sut)m burd) bag £3lut 
 tl)re 23urger §u erfaufen $ enb* 
 ltd) tl)re ©raufamfett, rceldje 
 tdglid) neue Sffioilufte u n t e r 
 ben &£>rdnen unb ber Ser^eif- 
 lung fo meter Unglucf lichen aufc 
 fud)te. £)fyne #uft)6ren fatjen 
 fie |td) in btefem Spiegel 5 fte 
 fanben ftdb grauem>oller unb 
 fd)eu6lid)er, a\$ bte burd) ben 
 SSetlerop^on beftegte (Sfytmdre, 
 ober alS bte burd) ben £erf uteS 
 erlegte £erndifd)e #r)ber/ felbft 
 al§ ben (SerberuS/ roeldjer a u $ 
 fetnen brei gdfynenben SKadben em 
 fd)tr>arseg unb gtfttgeg SSlut au&= 
 fpetet, n?etd)e6 baS gan^e ©efd)led)t 
 ber auf ber @rbe iebenben 
 9ttenfd)en wpejlen lonnte. 
 
 3u gtetd)er 3ett nneberfyotte 
 ifynen eine gurie auf ber anbern 
 ®eite mit Skrfyofynung alle Sob* 
 fprudje/ treldie tyrten il)re 
 @d)meid)ler in intern Seben ge* 
 geben fatten/ unb l)telt it)nen 
 etnen anbern (Spiegel or, worin 
 jte ftd) fo fafyen/ al$ tie <&d)meu 
 d)elei fte gefd)iltert £atte. £)te 
 (gntgegenfteltung btefer groet ftd) 
 fo tt>tberfpred)enben ©emdlbe 
 trar tie Strafe fur ifyre (Sttelfeit. 
 SDton bemerfte, bap unter btefen 
 
 their misplaced jealousy, their 
 pride, their excessive pomp 
 built upon the ruin of their 
 people ; their ambition to 
 purchase a little vain glory 
 with the blood of their sub- 
 jects ; in fine, their cruelty, 
 which every day hunts about 
 for new pleasures amidst the 
 tears and distresses of so 
 many unhappy wretches. In 
 this mirror they incessantly 
 beheld themselves ; they found 
 themselves more horrible and 
 more monstrous than the 
 Chimera which was van- 
 quished by Bellerophon, or 
 the Lernean hydra, destroy- 
 ed by Hercules, or than by 
 Cerberus himself, though he 
 disgorges from his three 
 hideous throats a black and 
 venomous gore, capable of 
 infecting the whole race of 
 mortals living on the earth. 
 
 At the same time, on the 
 other hand, another Fury in- 
 sultingly repeated to them 
 the encomiums which their 
 flatterers had bestowed upon 
 them while alive, and pre- 
 sented to them another mir- 
 ror, in which they saw 
 themselves as flattery had 
 depicted them. The oppo- 
 sition of these two portraits, 
 which were so contrary, was 
 the punishment of their va- 
 
95 
 
 Jtontgen biejentgen am gottlo* 
 feflen rcaren/ benen man bet 
 Ceb^eiten bte erfyabenften £cb= 
 fprucfye gegeben tyatte, \v e t i bte 
 SBofen mefyr gefurdjtct rcerben 
 qIS bte 5Ked)tfd)affenen/ unb roett 
 fie mit ber grofjeften Unoerfd)d mr* 
 t)ett bte mebertrad)tigen ©d)met= 
 djeleten ber £)td)ter unb SKebner 
 tyrer 3eit forbern. 
 
 nity. It was observed that 
 the most wicked of these 
 kings were those who during 
 their lives had received the 
 most exalted praises, because 
 the bad are dreaded more 
 than the good, and shame- 
 lessly exact the sordid and 
 nauseous flatteries of the 
 poets and orators of their 
 time. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 FAMILIAR AND IDIOMATICAL PHRASEOLOGY. 
 
 I. 
 
 (£§ urirb ernftfyaft. 
 
 @$ friert mid) an ben £cmben. 
 (56 fragt fid)/ ob fie fommen 
 
 rotrb. 
 SDton fagt/ fie fct e$ getr>efen. 
 & f ojiet 3fynen nur em SBort. 
 
 ©6 wirb geflopft. 
 
 S&ir rcerben fetjen/ ba£ man ii)m 
 
 bte @d)ulb gibt. 
 ©ie mad)en eg recfyt. 
 ©ie meint e§ gut. 
 <Ste roollen e£ babet beroenten 
 
 lajfen. 
 ©ie fangen e§ &u fyod) an. 
 @f)r gibt Stynen nid)t nad)$ er 
 
 gtbt niemanben nad). 
 
 The affair is becoming se- 
 rious. 
 
 My hands are cold. 
 
 It is doubtful whether she 
 will come. 
 
 They say it was she. 
 
 You have only to say one 
 word. 
 
 Some one knocks. 
 
 We shall see that he will be 
 blamed for it. 
 
 You do well. 
 
 Her intention is good. 
 
 They will leave it as it is. 
 
 Their bearing is too haughty. 
 
 He does not give in to you ; 
 
 he gives in to nobody. 
 
96 
 
 3d) gtaube nid)t, baf$ ©te ben 
 23or§ug oor itym fyaben rcerben. 
 @§ tft md)t alleg ©otb roaS glanjt, 
 (Sg mag fetn, rcie eg will. 
 @S gilt 3^r 2eben. 
 (5§ betrtfft ifyr SSermogen. 
 SBcnn e§ bed) metn greunb ware ! 
 Sic tooften eS eud) gebenfen. 
 
 3d) rcerbe e§ nic^t lange mad)en. 
 
 I do not think that you will 
 get the better of him. 
 
 All that glitters is not gold. 
 
 Be that as it may. 
 
 Your life is at stake. 
 
 Her fortune is at stake. 
 
 If it were but my friend ! 
 
 They will remember you for 
 it. 
 
 I will not detain you long. 
 
 II. 
 
 ©ie fyaben e§ getroffen. 
 ©te ftnb md)t red)t baran. 
 ©te f)at eg nid)t getroffen. 
 £Bte fie ^ufafyren ! 
 
 You have guessed it. 
 They have not got hold of it. 
 She has not guessed it. 
 What a rate they drive at i 
 
 £)aS ift ntd)t mefyr auSju^alten. They can hold out no longer. 
 
 III. 
 
 ©ie fyaben 3fynen oorgefd)roa§t. 
 ©ie roiffen ntd)t, wie ©ie e§ 
 
 anfangen follen. 
 ©ie l)aben ettr>a§ barunter. 
 
 ©te meinen e$ aufrtd)tig. 
 ©te nefymen e3 gu genau. 
 SCRan muj* eg nid)t fo genau 
 
 nefymen, 
 2)a tjaben ©te e§. 
 3d) fonnte mid) nidjt brein 
 
 finben. 
 @S foil eud) md)t gettngen. 
 (5c oerfat)rt ubel mit ifym. 
 ©te finb fyanbgemetn geworben. 
 
 (5r tjat einen ©roll auf mid). 
 
 They have told you a story. 
 
 You know not how to set 
 about it. 
 
 They mean more than they 
 say. 
 
 They have no evil intention. 
 
 You are too particular. 
 
 We must not be so particu- 
 lar. 
 
 You have hit it. 
 
 I could not make it out. 
 
 You shall be set at defiance. 
 
 He uses him ill. 
 
 They have had a serious 
 
 quarrel. 
 He owes me a grudge. 
 
97 
 
 2)ag ©lucf nrill 3t)nen tooty. 
 £Btr ftnb ecfd)5pft 5 toil lonnen 
 
 nid)t mefyt fort. 
 @g iji aug mtt i^ncn. 
 (gg foftc/ rcag eg rootle. 
 £Bo ftnb ©te geblieben ? 
 SBte rourfce eg urn eud) jieljen, 
 
 roenn fie eudb ntd)t get)otfen 
 
 fatten ? 
 £te Sett rcurb leijren/ mag baran 
 
 tfr. 
 SSoUen ©te eg babet beroenben 
 
 Xaffen ? 
 
 Fortune smiles upon you. 
 We are exhausted, we can 
 
 hold out no longer. 
 They are done for. 
 Let it cost what it may. 
 Where did you Leave off? 
 What would you have done. 
 
 if they had not assisted 
 
 you ? 
 Time will bring 1 it to light. 
 
 Are you willing to leave it 
 as it is ? 
 
 IV. 
 
 ©te fyaben tmmer @elb babet 
 
 etngebugt. 
 ©te roottcn mit rcag rcetfj ma- 
 
 djen. 
 ©te ftnb fd)6n/ abzx fte btlben 
 
 fid) $u mel etn. 
 
 23et btefen SBocten. 
 
 ©te tjaben eg mtt gleif gettjan. 
 
 3d) i)abe eg aug guter 2£bftd)t 
 
 9ctt;an. 
 ©te fyaben eg nid)t aug bofer 2(b* 
 
 ftd)t get^an. 
 ©te rourben eg ntd)t aug bofer 
 
 2Cbftd)t getfyan tyaben. 
 3d) gefye in tie ©tabt. 
 ©te get)t nad) ber ©tabt. 
 £)urd) tneleg SSttten ijl eg ung 
 
 gelungen, 
 
 You have always lost money 
 by it. 
 
 They wish to impose upon 
 me. 
 
 They are handsome, but they 
 think too much of them- 
 selves. 
 
 At these words. 
 
 They have done it on pur- 
 pose. 
 
 I have done it with a good 
 intention. 
 
 They have not done it with 
 a bad intention. 
 
 They would not have done 
 it with a bad intention. 
 
 I am going to town. 
 
 She is going to town. 
 
 By dint of much earnest n- 
 treaty we have succeeded. 
 
98 
 
 ©te rccrben tfyn an fetnem &tetbe 
 
 fennen, rcenn fte U)n fefyen. 
 #n ber 2Crt, rote er fprtdjt. 
 
 5^ai$ fetnem ©efcfymacf, nacfy 
 fetner Sftetnung/ follte man, 
 &c. 
 
 2Cuf bte SSitte ber (Sinmofyner. 
 
 ©te tytelten tfyn betm 2Bort. 
 ©tc ^)aben ftd) baruber bet mtr 
 beflagt. 
 
 You will know him by his 
 coat when you see him. 
 
 By the manner in which he 
 speaks. 
 
 According to his taste, ac- 
 cording to his opinion, one 
 ought, &c. 
 
 At the request of the inha- 
 bitants. 
 
 They took him at his word. 
 
 They have complained to me 
 about it. 
 
 V. 
 
 (§6 fdttt in Me 2Cugen. 
 
 ©te fyat ifyn in sparis lennen ge* 
 
 lernt. 
 3d) l)abe fte auf Mefer Sftetfe 
 
 lennen geternt. 
 (Sr iricb balb unter <Segel getyen. 
 @ic fyaben unter fretem #tmmel 
 
 gefd)tafen. 
 Unter bem® fatten bteferSBdume. 
 @;r §at e§ unter bem Conner 
 
 ber ^anonen gefcfyrteben. 
 
 ©ie be! ommt eS nidjt unter btreu 
 
 pig @5utneen. 
 2Bir ftnb unter ben ^rtegSun* 
 
 tutyen. 
 
 ©d&rttt sor ©djrttt. 
 
 SBerfbfylener SQSetfe. 
 
 Unbebacfytfamenretfe. 
 
 @te roofynen am (Snbe ber ©trape. 
 
 It strikes the eye. 
 
 She made his acquaintance 
 
 in Paris. 
 I became acquainted with 
 
 her during that journey. 
 He will sail soon. 
 They have slept in the open 
 
 air. 
 In the shade of these trees. 
 He has written it in the 
 
 midst of the noise of the 
 
 guns. 
 She will not get it for less 
 
 than thirty guineas. 
 We are in the midst of the 
 
 tumult of war. 
 Step by step. 
 Clandestinely. 
 Inconsiderately. 
 They live at the end of the 
 
 street. 
 
99 
 
 3$ fyabe eg son 2lnfang big §um 
 
 Qjrnbe gelefen. 
 £)er Sob mad)t 2CtIem etn (Snbe. 
 
 I have read it from begin- 
 ning to end. 
 
 Death puts an end to every- 
 thing. 
 
 VI. 
 
 ©te ntmmt eg §u #er§en. 
 ©te arbetten urn tie SBette. 
 ©te ftel tym um ben £alg. 
 @g taugt §u md)t§. 
 ©te l)aben tyn jur £t)ure tytnauS 
 
 gercorfen. 
 @r $at ©dfte * 5 um sflfctttageflen. 
 ©te lommen §ur recfyten Sett. 
 <5r l)at eg §ur Ungeit getfyan. 
 
 ©enfrecfyt, con oben ^jerab. 
 
 Unabfe()bar. 
 
 Grr §at eg bud)f!dbltd) uberfefct. 
 
 SStelletdjt roerben ©te eg fur gut 
 
 ftnben. 
 34 bjalte eg fur gut. 
 3<3) muf tie geber ergretfen. 
 2)er 2Cr$t fyat tym bie «BRUd)fur 
 
 oerorbnet. 
 Gsr r;at etne bofe £anb> fetne 
 
 ©d)tt?efrer $at etnen bofen 
 
 ginger/ unb fein Setter t)Ot 
 
 bofe 2lugen. 
 (Sr lift ftd) alleg gefallen. 
 3^) laffenur alleg gefallen. 
 2Ber !ann bafur ? er $at eg ofyne 
 
 metn Stiffen gettyan. 
 ©te oerjle^t ben gertngften 
 
 SGBinf. 
 
 She lays it to heart. 
 
 They work emulously. 
 
 She fell upon his neck. 
 
 It is good for nothing. 
 
 They have turned him out 
 of doors. 
 
 He has company to dinner. 
 
 You come at the right time. 
 
 He has done it at the wrong 
 time. 
 
 Perpendicularly down. 
 
 Beyond the reach of sight. 
 
 He has made a literal trans- 
 lation of it. 
 
 Perhaps you will think well 
 of it. 
 
 I think it good. 
 
 I must write. 
 
 The physician has ordered 
 him to live upon milk. 
 
 He has a bad hand, his sis- 
 ter has a bad finger, and 
 his cousin has sore eyes. 
 
 He agrees to anything. 
 
 I am agreeable to anything. 
 
 Who can help it ? he did it 
 
 unknown to me. 
 A hint is sufficient for her. 
 
100 
 
 $la&) bem £eben, nad) ber 5flatur 
 malen. 
 
 To paint from nature. 
 
 VII. 
 
 2Bit fyaben ttjn im ^tnaufgefyen 
 
 gefefyen. 
 2Cuf £)eutfdy auf granaoftfd)/ 
 
 fagt man. 
 Set tjcltem Sage. 
 ©6 ftefyt nid)t me$t bet tfym, e§ 
 
 gu tfyun. 
 @§ fie^t ntd)t mefyr. in t^rer 
 
 50lad)t eg gu tfyun. 
 Sag u)n in Sftufye. 
 ©te retfen mtt ber 9po$. 
 2Btr retfen nad) granlretd). 
 ©te malen mtt garben. 
 ©ic tanjen ntd)t nad) tern Salt. 
 Sum ©lucr. 
 3um Unglucf. 
 
 ©te fyat e§ au§ ©pott gefagt. 
 SJtein greunb §at e§ au£ ®pa$ 
 
 gefagt. 
 ©te t)aben e§ au§ ©d)er§ ge- 
 
 fagt. 
 (Sr befd)tror mtd) barum bet 
 
 unferer atten greunbfdjaft. 
 
 We saw him as he went up. 
 
 In German, in French, they 
 
 say. 
 In broad daylight. 
 It no longer depends on him 
 
 to do it. 
 It is no longer in her power 
 
 to do it. 
 Leave him alone. 
 They travel post. 
 We are going to France. 
 They paint in colours. 
 They do not dance in time. 
 Happily, fortunately. 
 Unhappily, unfortunately. 
 She said it ironically. 
 My friend said it for fun. 
 
 They said it in jest. 
 
 He conjured me, by our 
 long-standing friendship. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 (§6 gerfallt in ©tucfe. 
 (£r leibet eg urn be$ grtebeng 
 Allien. 
 
 3d) $abz e£ auS ©runben get£)an. 
 
 It is falling to pieces. 
 
 He endures for the sake of 
 
 2£egen etne§ gertngen gefyletS bin 
 id) terurtfyeiit recrben. 
 
 peace. 
 I had good reasons for doing 
 
 it. 
 I am condemned for a trilling 
 
 fault. 
 
101 
 
 @tn f8aUt fyut $tete$ fewer 
 
 Winter: rcegen. 
 liefer SJlann tyat S3tele§ urn 
 
 fetner Winter nrillen getfyan. 
 
 (Sr $at etnen 9£ot$pfenmg auf* 
 
 gefpart. 
 6r mfprtcfit golbene 23erge. 
 
 ©te ganfen urn etnen ©trofc 
 
 fyalm. 
 @S ijl ntd^t gut o$ne gltnte auf 
 
 tie Sagb ju gefyen. 
 <5r §tef)t mtt etner langen Sftafe 
 
 ab. 
 ©te wollen ftd) tyetmlid) baocn 
 
 ftetylen. 
 (Sr bewunbert fid) felbftgefdlltg. 
 
 £)a fann man auf ben erften 
 SBtnf i)in bebtent fetn. 
 
 (Sr will ben Sftagel auf bem $opf 
 treffen. 
 
 A father does many things 
 
 for the sake of his children. 
 This man has done many 
 
 things for the sake of his 
 
 children. 
 He has laid something up 
 
 against a rainy day. 
 He promises mountains and 
 
 wonders. 
 They are quarrelling about 
 
 a straw. 
 It is not good to go to sea 
 
 without provisions. 
 He returns ashamed. 
 
 They want to leave their 
 
 creditors in the lurch. 
 He admires himself in his 
 
 feathers. 
 There you may be served with 
 
 the greatest promptitude. 
 He would fain take the hare 
 
 by the scut. 
 
 IX. 
 
 (St wagt fid) an ba$ Unmogltdje. 
 
 @r ttrirb @te auf ben jungften 
 
 Sag uertroften. 
 @te tt>ollen mid) auf ben 9ttm= 
 
 mertag t>erwetfen. 
 <£z §at mtt etner $tappe $wet 
 
 gttegen erfdjlagen. 
 <£v wtyfyxt feine @inf unfte §um 
 
 ooraus. 
 
 He wants to take the moon 
 
 by the horns. 
 He will pay you when two 
 
 Sundays come together. 
 They want to pay me at the 
 
 latter Lammas. 
 He has killed two birds with 
 
 one stone. 
 He spends his money before 
 
 he gets it. 
 
 k 3 
 
102 
 
 2Cu6 tem Sfagen in tie Sraufe 
 
 fommen. 
 ffiStr gtngen in ber £)ammerung 
 
 aug. 
 (5r ^at e§ t^m cor bem 9Jlaut 
 
 megneljmen wotten. 
 (§r trdgt auf betben (Sdjultern. 
 
 (ginen anbcrn tic ginger set* 
 
 brennen lajfen. 
 @r gtbt ben 2(rm fur tzn ginger 
 
 *)UT. 
 
 (gr will tmmer Mmmei fpalten- 
 
 (£r tjt ein SBortftauber. 
 @r fprid)t au§ einem fyofyen Sone. 
 (Sr erjurnte fid). 
 $£tr tuollen bag @lucf betm 
 <Sd)opfe ergretfen. 
 
 To fall out of the frying- 
 pan into the fire. 
 We went out about dusk. 
 
 He wished to supplant him. 
 
 He keeps fair with two par- 
 ties. 
 
 To get chestnuts out of the 
 fire with the cat's paw. 
 
 He is penny wise and pound 
 foolish. 
 
 He is always wanting to 
 split. 
 
 He is very particular. 
 
 He talks largely. 
 
 He got into a passion. 
 
 Let us seize the opportunity, 
 
 X. 
 
 @c.ft>eijj ftd) weber §u ratten 
 
 nod) gu Ijelfen. 
 3d) xoz\% mit roefcer §u ratljen 
 
 nod) 5U fyelfen. 
 ^ie roerben ftd) rccber §u ratten 
 
 nod) $u tjelfen nriffen. 
 ©te roufjten ftd) rceber $u ratten 
 
 nod) gu tjelfen. 
 Q?r beu>irttjet/ nne e§ nur ben 
 
 ?$unb gelujfet. 
 SQHt £vo§en unb ^ocfyen uerlan- 
 
 gen. 
 @ie fangen roegen eineS $litytt 
 
 £anbel an. 
 
 He does not know which 
 
 way to turn himself. 
 I know not which way to 
 
 turn myself. 
 You will not know which 
 
 way to turn yourself. 
 They did not know which 
 
 way to turn themselves. 
 He treats his friends nobly. 
 
 To seek with hue and cry. 
 
 They are beginning to quar- 
 rel about nothing. 
 
103 
 
 ©ie §aben tfjm bte 9Wtf)e etnge= You have been hard upon 
 
 tf)an. him. 
 
 ©ie fyaben u)m fein ©efyetmmfj You have pumped him. 
 
 abgelccft. 
 
 ©ie rcetten t$m fein ©efjetmnif* They will sift him. 
 
 ablccfen. 
 
 2Bie meinen @ie tfym fein ©e= How do you intend to sift 
 
 tyeimmf ab^ulccfen? him ? 
 
 STcan $at t^m unter tie 2Crme They have put him into the 
 
 gegrtffen. right way for preferment, 
 
 ©etnc greunbe ftnb tfym an ba$ His friends have backed 
 
 Sfab gefianben. him. 
 
 ©ie bat ifyn in ben 2Cpri( ae= She has made an April fool 
 
 fducft. of him. 
 
 (St Will fte in ben 2Cprtl fdncfen. He intends to make an April 
 
 fool of her. 
 
 ©ie tjat tym %&uvft ttttber 2£urft She has given him a Row- 
 
 gegeben. land for an Oliver. 
 
 2Bir tvolkn tym SBurjr nnber Let us give him a Rowland 
 
 2&ur|t geben. for an Oliver, 
 
 ©te f)at u)m &u fdjaffen gemad)t. She has led him a pretty 
 
 dance. 
 
 (£§ ift ifytn ubel mtfgefptelt He has paid for his whistle. 
 
 roorben. 
 
 ©etne (Mefjrfctmf tit ift il;m au&= He is at his wit's end. 
 
 gegangen. 
 
 ©eleven prebigen tt>c£en. To carry coals to Newcastle. 
 
 (Sr mufs ftdj unter bte SJome^ He is obliged to mix with 
 
 men mtfdjen. the herd. 
 
 SSBir n?oIIen un£ unter bte SSorne^ Let us mix with the herd. 
 
 men mtfdjen. 
 
 ©te fyat ein getduftgeS $>3tanbs She has a good clapper. 
 
 frucf. 
 
 Sic fprttfjt roie etn SSuftletn. She has an oily tongue. 
 
 dt bleibt fiumm trie etn gifty. He cannot say a word. 
 
104 
 
 @ic btteben jtummrcte eingtfd). 
 9Xan mu£ tynen 2CUe§ oorlauen. 
 
 £a§ ©la§ §at tfynen Me gunge 
 
 gelofet, 
 £)a§ ®ta$ tyat mtr tie gunge 
 
 ntd^t gelofet. 
 £)a$ ©las fjatte tym tie gunge 
 
 geldfet. 
 (Sr laft ftd) tie £aut uber bte 
 
 £)f)ten §ief)en. 
 3^) lafT^ wtc nid)t tie #aut 
 
 uber bte £)l)ren §tefyen. 
 2Ber tr-urbe ftd) bte £aut uber 
 
 bte £)f)ren §iet)en loffen ? 
 (£r fyat roeber ©efcfytcf nod) @e= 
 
 lent. 
 (Sr ift im <Sd)tafe retd) gercorben. 
 
 (S3 war etn UnglucBtag fur tfyn. 
 ©te trenbet alle erftnnltdjen 
 
 sflRittel ba^u an. 
 SCRan tyat tf)n bet ber SKafe f)er* 
 
 umgefufyrt. 
 (Ste it)trb it;n bet ber Sftafe f)er= 
 
 umfufyren. 
 (Sr f)at £aar taffen ntujfen. 
 
 ©ie rcerben £aar laffen muffen. 
 
 <§ie n>etj3, rao e§ Ijangt unb langt. 
 
 They were not able to say a 
 word. 
 
 You are obliged to mince 
 everything with them. 
 
 Drinking has made them 
 eloquent. 
 
 Drinking has not made me 
 eloquent. 
 
 Drinking has made him elo- 
 quent. 
 
 He suffers himself to be in- 
 sulted with impunity. 
 
 I do not suffer myself to be 
 insulted with impunity. 
 
 Who would suffer himself to 
 be insulted with impunity? 
 
 He has neither talent nor 
 tact. 
 
 His fortune came while he 
 was asleep. 
 
 He has trod upon a nettle. 
 
 She tries every thing that 
 she can think of. 
 
 They have made a fool of 
 him. 
 
 She will make a fool of him. 
 
 He has been obliged to leave 
 some of his feathers be- 
 hind him. 
 
 You will be obliged to leave 
 some of your feathers be- 
 hind. 
 
 She knows the ground per- 
 fectly. 
 
105 
 
 @te leben son bet £anb tn§ They live from hand to 
 
 §Kout. mouth. 
 
 2)aS fcf)tcft fid) »ic cine gauft That rhymes like mountain 
 
 auf etn 2Cug. 
 
 and mole-hill. 
 
 XL 
 
 You spend your labour in 
 
 vain. 
 Nothing escapes his obser- 
 vation. 
 He is like a rat in straw. 
 He gazes with open mouth 
 
 at crows. 
 He laughs without knowing 
 what at. 
 STcan ft'efyt ntd)t wo er ijtnaug He is above any man's reach. 
 
 mill. 
 St lafjt fid) md)t betfommen. 
 
 gie brefdjen leete§ <5tto§. 
 
 <Sr fiefyt wk etn (Sperber. 
 
 (gr tft trie ber SSo^et tm £anf. 
 <5t fyat sflftoulaffen fctt. 
 
 Gst Iad)t in ben Sag f)tnetn. 
 
 @3 itegt etne gatte bafytntet. 
 
 <£§ gtbt tseber lalt nocb roarm. 
 (gr t)at £>immel unb #6lle in 
 
 SBercegung gefegt. 
 ©te fe$en £immel unb £6lle in 
 
 23en;egung, 
 @ie x>erge^)t oor Ungebutb. 
 ©te urtfyetten baoon in ben Sag 
 
 tyinein. 
 £)aoon tmtb man if)tn ba§ 9ftaui 
 
 fauber fatten. 
 (Sr nrirb einen bofen Seumunb 
 
 fyaben. 
 ©te i)at etnen bSfen Seumunb. 
 (gt iji belannt une ber bunte 
 
 $unb. 
 
 He does not expose his cha- 
 racter. 
 
 There is some mystery in 
 the case. 
 
 It is perfectly harmless. 
 
 He has left no stone un- 
 turned. 
 
 They leave no stone un- 
 turned. 
 
 She is pining away. 
 
 You judge of it by guess. 
 
 They will not allow him to 
 
 put his nose into it. 
 He will be in bad repute. 
 
 She is in bad repute. 
 He is as well known as the 
 public crier. 
 
106 
 
 (£6 t# nod) nid)t alter Sage There will be more evenings 
 
 2C6enb. than this. 
 
 £er lefcte l)at nod) ntd)t gefd)of= There is something else to 
 
 fen. come yet. 
 
 ©ie meif? ten SCRdufen §u rtdjten. She is no fool, 
 
 ©ie l)aben etnen (Stretch nad) You have given us a speci- 
 
 3l)cer 2Ccr gefptelt. men of your skill, 
 
 ©ie l)aben tfyn in ten £acntfd) You have unhinged him. 
 
 gejagt. 
 
 ©ie l)aben ifym ba$ ?0laul ges You have silenced him. 
 
 ffapft 
 
 £)a$ geuec ift bet tf)ra balb im He soon takes fire. 
 
 Sage. 
 
 Sttan §at i&m nidfts gelaffen. They have left him nothing. 
 
 Sic tt>icb tf)m md)ts ubctg (ajfen. She will oblige him to dine 
 
 with Duke Humphrey. 
 
 XII. 
 
 3d) fyabt U)m fetn $aac ge= I have not hurt him. 
 
 frumrat. 
 
 (S3 foil tyt fetn £aac gefcummt She shall not be hurt. 
 
 roecben. 
 
 G£§ ift fetn gute§ £aac an U)m. He is a good for nothing 
 
 fellow. 
 
 ©m fyaben £aare auf ben 3al)nen. They have some spirit. 
 
 G£r if! mtt £aut unb £aac sees He is irretrievably lost. 
 
 loren. 
 
 ©te fragt nid)t etn ^)aar bac^ She does not care for it. 
 
 nad). 
 
 ©ie §at fetn £aar con i|rer She is not a bit like her 
 
 flutter. mother. 
 
 (Sc fdte£t auf etn v£aac. He is an excellent shot. 
 
 ©te tceffen ba$ gtel auf ein You are a capital marksman. 
 
 #aar. 
 
 (E§ ty&ngt an etnem #aac. It only hangs by a slender 
 
 thread. 
 
107 
 
 £>a£ mad)t fctn @d)tdBfal urn 
 
 fetn #aar anberS. 
 (Sie toerben etn £aar bartn 
 
 ftnben. 
 (Sr fyat etn #aar bartn geftmben. 
 
 (Sie toerben md)t etn #aar con 
 
 tfyrem S^edjte roetd)en. 
 SSet etnem £aat toare fte urn tyt 
 
 £eben gefommen. 
 
 @r gtetyt etnen SBetoetS bet ten 
 £aaren. 
 
 That does not alter his con- 
 dition in the least. 
 
 You will be disappointed in 
 your expectation. 
 
 He has not succeeded so well 
 as he expected. 
 
 They will not give up a jot 
 of their right. 
 
 She has had a very narrow 
 escape for her life. — She 
 was within a hair's breadth 
 of being killed. 
 
 He uses far-fetched argu- 
 ments. 
 
 (Sr tttetd)t Me (Segel etn. 
 
 Gsc jiefyt mtt etner ellenlangeii 
 
 9lafc ab. 
 @ie ftnb mtt enter etlenlangen 
 
 Sfafe abge 5 ogen. 
 ©te fud)r, wag tfyr sor ber S^afc 
 
 tfegt. 
 
 (Sr mif?t#nbere nadb fetner (Slle. 
 
 <Ste toeig md)t, too fte ber ©d^ur; 
 
 brucft. 
 ©ie *)at frumme ginger, 
 ©ie fyaben letn Sota baran ges 
 
 madjt. 
 (Sr gef)t totlltg tn§ geuer. 
 (£t tft etne etjrltd)e £aut. 
 ©etn Setter t>at etnen ©parren 
 %\\ Mel. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 He is lowering his conse- 
 quence. 
 
 He makes a long face. — He 
 is shamefully baffled. 
 
 They have been shamefully 
 baffled. 
 
 She is looking for her spec- 
 tacles, and has them on 
 her nose. 
 
 He measures other people's 
 corn by his own bushel. 
 
 She does not know where 
 her shoe pinches her. 
 
 Her hands are deformed. 
 
 They have not done a tittle 
 of it. 
 
 He is a hearty friend. 
 
 He is a goodnatured man. 
 
 His cousin is rather foolish. 
 
108 
 
 6c 15ft fid) urn einen ginger 
 
 roinben. 
 <5te fyaben an 2Cttem.etroa§ aug= 
 
 gufe^en. 
 £)ag fommt wie ©enf gum SRadf)* 
 
 ttfd). 
 £)er ^amm fd)tt>tllt ifym auf. 
 6S ifi immer tie alte Seier. 
 
 He is as pliant as a willow. 
 
 6r mctd)t eg n>ic bee gud)§ mtt 
 
 ben &rauben. 
 6c §tet>t tie fallen ein. 
 0ie fyaben ben SSdren in bee 
 
 Safd)e. 
 
 6S muf? wentg t>ort)anben fein ; 
 
 rcenn ec nidjtg fyerauSflauben 
 
 lann. 
 gie gefyen xvk eine $a§e urn ben 
 
 SBrei. 
 SOlan muf$ tfin bacauf ^tnjiojien. 
 6r tft ubel mtt fetnem 9fcat| an= 
 
 gelaufen. 
 6r fdbmollt mit fid) felbji. 
 
 You find fault with every- 
 thing. 
 
 That is like mustard after 
 meat. 
 
 The mustard flies to his nose. 
 
 It is the old song over again. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 He is like the fox w T ith the 
 grapes. 
 
 He draws in his horns. 
 
 You have the game (busi- 
 ness, party, &c.) under 
 your thumb. 
 
 The ground must be bare 
 indeed, if he can find no- 
 thing to eat. 
 
 You are only going (beat- 
 ing) about the bush for it. 
 
 He is shy about it. 
 
 He has had his wig combed. 
 
 9Qtan ttmrbe tt)m leinen grunf 
 Staffer reidjen. 
 
 6c t)at ben Mantel nad) bem 
 
 SBtnbe Qefyangt. 
 6c mufi fid) fummeriid) be^elfen. 
 <Sie fyaben fd)6ne 2Cu$ftd)ten. 
 
 6c mufite um>errtd)teter &a$z 
 
 He is quarrelling with his 
 bread and cheese. 
 
 He has lost his credit. — His 
 credit is not worth a far- 
 thing. 
 
 He has changed his opinion. 
 
 He is greatly reduced. 
 You are in the way to pre- 
 ferment. 
 He found the door shut. 
 
109 
 
 (St roeifj ntcfa, wric er fid) cms 
 
 ter jllemme fyelfen fann. 
 (gr roenbet plumpe Sifren an. 
 
 @te roerben unoerricfyteter 
 ab^tefyen mufjen. 
 
 sacfre 
 
 He does not know how to 
 get out of his difficulty. 
 
 Any one can see through 
 his artifices. 
 
 You will find the door shut. 
 
 XV. 
 
 28a3 mid) betrifft, bat furd)t' 
 
 id) ntd)t. 
 £)aS (aft fid) nidbt blafen. 
 
 £>as ftnb mtr b&fymifcfye £>6rfer. 
 @r fu^rt nid)t6 2CrgeS tm ©djttb. 
 ©te merlen/ roo ber #afe im 
 
 ^feffer ttegt. 
 (Sr tjat rucber ©efdjicf nod) ©e* 
 
 lent 
 (Sr t)at bag spuloer nid)t erfunben. 
 (Seine £offnung tfi in ben SSrun= 
 
 nen gefallen. 
 (gr fufyrt immer ba6 2£crt. 
 ©ie tyaben nidjt mit ber <Spradbe 
 
 gratis toollen. 
 3d) bin auf ba$ ftalbSfelt fctn* 
 
 auSgefdjojfen. 
 SKan §at tym einen #of befdjeib 
 
 gegeben. 
 (§r gtbt ftd) mit unnfigem Sanb 
 
 ab. 
 3d) ^abc tiefen $3unft nur gans 
 
 oberflddjlid) beriu)tt. 
 (5t $at e§ tjalb gem, fyalb ge? 
 
 jmungcn getyan. 
 (Sr jtfct bem ©luc! im Bfyofo. 
 
 As far as I am concerned I 
 do not fear. 
 
 That is not done bv looking 
 at. 
 
 That is Arabic to me. 
 
 He means no harm. 
 
 You have hit the right nail 
 on the head. 
 
 He has neither wit nor cou- 
 rage. 
 
 He is no great conjuror. 
 
 His hopes have come to 
 nothing. 
 
 He always takes the lead. 
 
 You have minced the matter. 
 
 I have been disappointed. 
 
 He has received an evasive 
 
 answer. 
 He takes much pains to no 
 
 purpose. 
 I have only just hinted at 
 
 this part. 
 He did it half willingly and 
 
 half by compulsion. 
 He is a lucky dog. 
 
110 
 
 XVI. 
 
 ©laubt tf)t eincn barren ror Do you take me for a fool ? 
 
 eud) ju ijaben? 
 (Sr bleibt 9ttd)t€ fd^uibtg. He pays his debts, 
 
 (§6 entgefyt torn SKtdjtS. Nothing escapes him. 
 
 @r (aft atteg fiber fret) uberlaufem He allows every thing to go 
 
 wrong. 
 (Sr ift auf bem 2$ege §um ©al* He is making a halter for 
 
 gen. nis own neck. 
 
 @r tft Dom <>Ko§ auf ben (Sfel ges He has fallen in the world. 
 
 femmen. 
 St: mill rcenigflettS ettraS barau§ He will get a snack out of it. 
 
 Bieben. 
 (Ste trerben mit tym balb fevtig You will overcome him with 
 
 fern. the greatest ease. 
 
 (St mill aliesS baran fc|cn. He will spend his last far- 
 
 thing. 
 ©te tt>etf$ tyre (Sadden an ben She makes the most of ner- 
 mann ju brtngen. se ^« 
 >)Xan oerbient ntcfcr bas SBaffer There is not enough to find 
 
 tabet. one m s ^lt. 
 
 St tft in bie galle gegangen. He n *s fallen into the trap. 
 
 ©tetterben in bie galle ge!)en. You wil1 be caught in the 
 
 snare. 
 £5ief »trb tym nicbt im ®ering= He will come off with flying 
 
 (ten 3U fd:affen geben. 
 
 colours. 
 
 3d) l)abe einenoergeblid;en @ang I have lost my labour for 
 
 getyan. 
 
 (Sr fyat alle£ gegen fid). 
 
 @ie fyaben alleS gegen <Sie. 
 £aS fommt trie gerufen. 
 
 my pains. 
 
 He has everything against 
 him. 
 
 You do it in spite of all op- 
 position. 
 
 That comes in pudding 
 time. 
 
Ill 
 
 XVII. 
 
 (5c tanjt nad) jebermannS ¥>fetfe. 
 @r muf? nad) einc6 2Cnbem 
 
 spfeife tan§en. 
 (Sr fyat tie spfetfe ein§tet)en muffen. 
 
 He is of a very easy temper, 
 He is obliged to submit to 
 
 the will of another. 
 He has been obliged to draw 
 
 in his horns. 
 You will be obliged to draw 
 
 in your horns. 
 He is agreeable to anything. 
 He has written me a most 
 
 unfeeling letter. 
 He is at his wit's end. 
 
 She knows how things go 
 
 on. 
 
 ©te toerben tic spfetfe etngie^en 
 
 muflfen. 
 <5r fagt §u2CUem ja. 
 (5r §at mtr einen fXegeltjacten 
 
 SBrtef gefcfyrieben. 
 (St* roeijs nid^t/ roo itjm ber £opf 
 
 Wt 
 
 ©ie ftefyt, ttrie tie ©acfye jfd) an? 
 
 lagt. 
 ©ie tft cm lebenbtgeg 2Bod)en= 
 
 blatt. 
 ©ie fyaben un§ geprellt. 
 (5r roeifj fid) nad) ber £)ecfe ju 
 
 firemen. 
 @r friedjt langfam true cine 
 
 ©tfmecfe. 
 <Sr ift auf VtteS gefaf t. 
 @r ift bort 2Ule6 sermogenb. 
 (§§ ift tfym nid)t leidjt (StroaS 
 
 bet$ubringen. 
 @r l&gt fid) gem fyoren. 
 (Sr ftefyt in feinem gtof en 2£n- 
 
 fe&en. 
 ©te ftefjen in feinem grofen 
 
 2Cnfef)en. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 ©te arbetten mit Suft unb £tebe. They are zealous in 
 
 business, 
 ©ie ift in allc ©attci red)t. She is fit for any thing 
 
 She is a walking gazette. 
 
 They have disappointed us. 
 He gains his ends by hook 
 
 or by crook. 
 He is very slow-paced. 
 
 He is up to everything. 
 He is every thing there. 
 It is not an easy matter to 
 
 instruct him. 
 He is in his fine speeches. 
 He has lost all his interest. 
 
 Their reputation is gone by. 
 
 the 
 
112 
 
 (Sr mad)t baraug fein ©etoerbe. 
 
 ©te ftnb oom £unbertften tn$ 
 
 Saufenbfte gefommen. 
 Dtef tft etne weteftd)e SBarnung. 
 GrS drgert ifyn tie gltege an ber 
 
 SBanb. 
 ©ie ftnb son bemfetben ©eltd)tet. 
 3d) werbe e$ auSfufyren ober 
 
 unterttegen. 
 3d) beftnbe mid) fo fo/ roeber gut 
 
 nod) (dbled)t. 
 £>aS ift fo fo, rceber gut nod) 
 
 fd)lecbt. 
 3d) routbe feinen spjtfferltng 
 
 fcarum geben. 
 SEfton bat fie mit grower (Sorg* 
 
 fait auSgelefen. 
 3J?an t)at tyn roebet geiobt 
 
 nod) ge(d)olten. 
 Bit brei)t bee 2Ba$rf)ett gern eine 
 
 9tafe. 
 (St lactjte nur ge^roungen. 
 (St tt)ut 2CUeS tteber atf be§at)ien. 
 
 He devotes all his time and 
 
 attention to it. 
 They have rambled from the 
 
 question. 
 That is a hint. 
 He is very touchy. 
 
 They are of the same kidney* 
 I will bring it about, or it 
 
 shall cost me dear. 
 I am middling. — I am in a 
 
 critical situation. 
 That is but indifferent. 
 
 I would not give a straw for 
 it. 
 
 They have been most care- 
 fully selected. 
 
 They have not said a word 
 to him. 
 
 It costs her nothing to 
 stretch a little. 
 
 He gave a forced smile. 
 
 He is a friend, except with 
 his purse. 
 
 He would skin a flint. 
 
 (Sr wurbe an etnem (Si fd)aben. 
 
 — (St fd)tnbet tie 2au$ urn 
 
 ben SBatg. 
 ®k ttJikben an etnem (St fd)aben. 
 sfltan fommt bamtt an fein (Snbe. 
 <Sie roerben bamtt an fein (Snbe 
 
 fommen. 
 
 XIX. 
 m* ait ift btefeS £inb ? What age is this child ? 
 
 <S§ tft nur ffinf SStertel 3<$r ait. It is only a year and a quar 
 
 ter old. 
 
 You would skin a flint. 
 It is an endless business. 
 You will never have done 
 with it, &c. 
 
113 
 
 2Bte breit tfi biefeS &ucf) ? What is the width of this 
 
 cloth ? 
 ©tefeS SBrett tft fed)§ gug lang This plank is six feet long 
 unb brittfyalb breit. and two and a half broad. 
 
 £)er &i)urm ift oter fyunbett gug The tower is four hundred 
 
 3d) banfe Sfynen fur 3$w ©ute. 
 3* oerftefye ntd)t wag er rebet. 
 
 2Ber f)at fyeute tie SJlcffe gelefen ? 
 (£3 ftet)t ubel urn ft'e auS. 
 @§ ftefyt ubel urn tyn aug. 
 
 St fann^ngltfd) unb grangoftfd?. 
 
 ©te fragte tyn um feinen Sftamen. 
 3d) wollte tyn um fetne SOSofynung 
 
 fragen. 
 9lad) fed)6 Utyr trcffen ©tc itjn 
 
 md)t mefyr §u £aufe. 
 ©ie fptelten um ein grufyftucf , 
 
 (§r ift auf bem SGSege. 
 
 ©ie fyaben tfym @tn?a§ aufgebun* 
 
 ben. 
 ©ie roollte tym ©trcaS aufbtnben. 
 2Btt fyaben fo eben mit tf)nen ge= 
 
 fprodjen. 
 ©ie fcmmen gletd). 
 
 feet high. 
 I am obliged to you for your 
 
 kindness. 
 I know not what he is driv- 
 ing at. 
 Who has said Mass to-day ? 
 She is very ill. 
 His affairs are in a very bad 
 
 state. 
 He knows English and 
 
 French. 
 She asked him his name. 
 I wanted to ask him where 
 
 he lived. 
 You will not find him at 
 
 home after six o'clock. 
 They were playing for a 
 
 breakfast. 
 He is coming. 
 They have imposed upon him. 
 
 She wanted to cheat him. 
 We have just now spoken to 
 
 them. 
 They will he here immedi- 
 ately. 
 3* Qlaube, wtr merben ein Un= I think we shall have a storm. 
 gettntter befommen. 
 
 XX. 
 
 3$ trinle fetnen £affee. 
 3d) effe nid)t gern ©pinat. 
 
 I never take coffee. 
 I am not fond of spinach. 
 l 3 
 
114 
 
 S05a$ fatten <§iz bcwon ? 
 
 3d) laffe mtr bae nidjt auSreben. 
 
 2Cd&t Sage lang tft fie nidjt auSs 
 
 gegangen. 
 ©tc tt)irb bod) fyeute auggefyen. 
 $ommen ©ie aud) mtt ? 
 ©ie gibt tfynen freten Sifd) unb 
 
 SDlan n>trb gleid) ben Ztfd) becfen. 
 
 @te fyaben mcfot §u leben. 
 
 2Btr fyaben fetne tebenbtge ©eete 
 
 angetroffen. 
 (Sine £anb wafdjt tie anbere. 
 
 2Ba£ $dnScten nidjt lernt/ Xernt 
 
 #an§ nimmermefyr. 
 <Ss ftnb ntd)t alle &6d)e, tie 
 
 lange sflfaffer fyaben. 
 <§r will tmmcr tie spferbe fyinter 
 
 ben SBagen fpannen. 
 ©te beffert fid) vok ein junger 
 
 Soft 
 £)a§ SOSerf lobt ben SDtetjter. 
 
 (gin SSSort ein SBort/ ein SKann 
 
 ein 3Jlann . 
 @r fommt auf leinen grunen 
 
 3n>eig. 
 255er juerjt fommt/ ber mafylt 
 
 SUerft. 
 £)a£ ifl; abgebrofdjeneS ©iro$. 
 fOSer tt)o^l fd}miert, ber faljrt 
 
 mot)l. 
 
 What is your opinion of it ? 
 I shall not alter my opinion. 
 She has not been out for 
 
 a week. 
 But she will go out to-day. 
 Will you go with me also? 
 She gives them board and 
 
 lodging. 
 The cloth is going to be laid 
 
 directly. 
 They have nothing to live 
 
 upon. 
 We have not met a soul. 
 
 One good turn deserves 
 another. 
 
 An old dog will learn no 
 tricks. 
 
 Appearances are often de- 
 ceitful. 
 
 He is always for putting the 
 cart before the horses. 
 
 She grows worse every day. 
 
 A workman is known by his 
 
 chips. 
 An honourable man's word 
 
 is his bond. 
 He has nothing but bad 
 
 luck. 
 First come, first served. 
 
 That is an old story. 
 He who would travel fast 
 must grease his wheels. 
 
115 
 
 XXI. 
 
 £>utd) ^cbaben wtrb man f(ug. 
 
 ©e ban fen ffnb gollfrei. 
 
 ©ie martet auf tyn mtt ber Unlet! 
 
 £anb, 
 @r fpcit ©ift unb ©alte. 
 (Snbe gut/ a((e§ gut. 
 £er SJcenfd) benft, ©oti lenf t. 
 
 2i*ufgefcfcoben tft ntdu aufgetyoben. 
 
 9carrenl;anbe befdj-mteren £tfd) 
 
 unb 3Banbe- 
 3Mjnggang ifr alter Safrer 2£n= 
 
 fang. 
 Srunfener SJftunb rebet auS 
 
 vg>erjen6 ©runb. 
 fiufrig in (Sfyren, fann SRtemanb 
 
 rocfyren. 
 SBer ba§ Jtleine ntcfyt efyrt, tft 
 
 be3 ©rojsen md)t wertf). 
 
 Sanbltdb, fttttttf). 
 
 (Sinem ge(d)en!ten ©aulftel)tman 
 
 ntd)t tn's 3Raul. 
 3)er .peeler tft drger als bet* 
 
 ©teller. 
 
 Experience makes fools wise. 
 
 Thoughts pay no taxes. 
 
 She does not care if he never 
 returns. 
 
 He is in a violent passion. 
 
 All is well that ends well. 
 
 Man proposes and God dis- 
 poses. 
 
 All is not lost that is delayed. 
 
 Fools scribble their names 
 everywhere. 
 
 Idleness is the parent of 
 every vice. 
 
 When wine goes in, truth 
 comes out. 
 
 Innocent amusements can do 
 no harm. 
 
 He who does not take care 
 of the pence, ought not to 
 be trusted with pounds. 
 
 Every country has its cus- 
 toms. 
 
 You must not look a gift 
 horse in the mouth. 
 
 The receiver is worse than 
 the thief. 
 
 sflcorgenfrunbe fyat ©oib 
 
 SDtabe. 
 SBeffer Sfceiber alS OJUttetber. 
 9totfc) t)at fcin ©ebot. 
 2Tbenbi:ct£) unb feller SKorgcn 
 
 serfunben einen (d;5nen Sag. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 im Morning is the best time 
 for study. 
 
 Better be envied than pitied. 
 
 Necessity has no law. 
 
 Hed sky in the evening and 
 white in the morning an- 
 nounce a fine dav. 
 
116 
 
 9?ad)getl)aner2Crbettift gut fetern. 
 £>et tfpfei fallt md)t rcett oom 
 
 ©tamme. 
 2Crt la#t nid)t son 2Crt. 
 
 50lit etnem blauen 2(uge bason 
 
 lommen. 
 (5r ift bem SSatec rote au§ bem 
 
 @eftd)te gefcfymtten. 
 @§ tji balb aug mit tfym. 
 ©id) urn be$ £atfer$ SSart 
 
 jftretten. 
 50Ran rotrb ityn fdjon betcfyten 
 
 lefyren. 
 2Cu$ frembem SSeutel i$ gut 
 
 §el)ren. 
 @§ mug btegen ober bredjen. 
 
 SSon grofjen 25i6tfen tjaut man 
 
 grofk (Sp&ne. 
 <£r bofyrt baS SSrett, wo eg am 
 
 bunnften iff. 
 @ie ffnb bet tf)tn tyod) am 33rett. 
 SSJlan tyat tym ben SSrobforb 
 
 t)6l)et: getjangt. 
 etrcaS alle Sage auf bem S3rob 
 
 effen mujfen. 
 3$ §abe e§ alle Sage auf bem 
 
 SSrob cffen muffen. 
 3d) roar genotfytgt/ tynen tf)te 
 
 SBitte abjujd)lagen. 
 ©ie §tel)t it)n am Sftatrenfetle. 
 (5r rotrb fte am ^arrenfetle 
 
 Steven. 
 
 After labour repose is sweet. 
 The child takes after its 
 
 father. 
 What is bred in the bone 
 
 will never get out of the 
 
 flesh. 
 To come off cheap. 
 
 He is the very image of his 
 
 father. 
 He is on the decline. 
 To contend for a thing that 
 
 is out of one's reach. 
 They will teach him how to 
 
 behave himself. 
 It is easy to make free with 
 
 another's purse. 
 It must be done by consent 
 
 or denial. 
 The rich ought to pay more 
 
 than the poor. 
 He is not fond of work. 
 
 Your credit is good with him. 
 
 They have abridged his in- 
 come. 
 
 To be quite sickened of a 
 thing. 
 
 I have been quite sickened 
 of it. 
 
 I was obliged to refuse them. 
 
 She leads him by the nose. 
 He will lead her by the nose. 
 
117 
 
 (Stnem jeben barren gefallt fetne 
 
 £appe. 
 barren mufi man mtt ^olben 
 
 foufem 
 (St gefyt ber Sftafe nad). 
 @S gefyt bti tym auf tie 9cetge. 
 
 2Cug ber 3£ot() etne Sugenb 
 
 madden, 
 greunbe in ber 9lot$ gefyen stele 
 
 auf etn Sott). 
 2Ber tie sftfiife gefreffen/ mag 
 
 aud) tie ©cfyalen tregfefyren. 
 ©a jfefyen tie £)d)fen am 
 
 SSerge. 
 (St fyat ntcfyt etnen $unb au§ bem 
 
 £5fen §u tecfen. 
 @ie t)at bunne Dtjren. 
 @ie Itegen mir in ben Dfyren. 
 (5r tyat ben (Scfyalf Winter ben 
 
 Dfyren. 
 (§r tft nod) ntd)t Winter ben £)fyren 
 
 trodden. 
 <Ste rooilen ben $el§ roafdjen, 
 
 unb itjn ntd)t nag mad)en. 
 3m Sftofyr figcn unb spfetfen 
 
 fcbnetben. 
 20can foil ben Sag ntcfyt loben, 
 
 et) benn ber 2Cbenb. 
 ©S iffc weber gefaljen nod) ge= 
 
 fd)ma^en. 
 
 Every fool likes his own 
 hobby-horse. 
 
 We must drive those we 
 cannot lead. 
 
 He goes straight forward. 
 
 He is nearly at the end of 
 his career. 
 
 To make a virtue of neces- 
 sity. 
 
 Friends in adversity are 
 scarce. 
 
 He who acts foolishly must 
 abide by the consequences. 
 
 There lies the difficulty. 
 
 He is as poor as Job. — He 
 
 has nothing at all. 
 She is not deaf. 
 You annoy me. 
 There is some evil design 
 
 about him. 
 He is a young simpleton. 
 
 You are too gentle in your 
 
 admonitions. 
 To embrace the opportunity 
 
 before it is too late. 
 Do not rejoice too soon. 
 
 It is perfectly insipid. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 (Sr fyat bit Sftecfynung ofyne ben He has reckoned without his 
 
 SBittfy gemad)t. host. 
 
 dt xtibt fid) an iebermann. He pelts everybody. 
 
118 
 
 3ebermann nrill ftrf) an tyn 
 
 retben. 
 ©te fdjlagen auf ben ©acf/ unb 
 
 metnen ben (Sfel. 
 
 5$ein greunb ttrirb itjn in ben 
 
 ©attel l)eben. 
 ©te l)at iljn in ben ©attel gefyo* 
 
 ben. 
 ©etn greunb $at tyn au§ bem 
 
 ©attel Ijeben rooilen. 
 @c lebt in ©au$ unb 23rau§. 
 ©te l)at iljre ©d)afe in3 Srocfene 
 
 gebrad)t. 
 (St- ttrirb fetne ©d)afe in§ Srol^ 
 
 lene bringen. 
 @r fd)ert roofyl fein ©djafcfcen. 
 gromme ©cfyafe $el)en mele in 
 
 ben ©tall. 
 (Sr t|t ein gute§ ftommeS ©d)af. 
 ©djein unb ©ein ijt sweierlei. 
 
 2Bol)l gefdjofiem aber. ubel ges 
 troffen. 
 
 Everybody wants to pelt him. 
 
 You correct one who is not 
 culpable in the presence 
 of one who is so. 
 
 My friend will make his 
 fortune for him. 
 
 She has made his fortune. 
 
 His friend would have sup- 
 planted him. 
 
 He leads a gay life. 
 
 She has taken care of her 
 property. 
 
 He will take care of his 
 property. 
 
 He gets it by perquisites. 
 
 Where there is a will there 
 is a way. 
 
 He is a good-natured fellow. 
 
 Mere appearance is not 
 reality. 
 
 Well meant but ill said. 
 
119 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 IDIOMATICAL AND MERCANTILE 
 PHRASEOLOGY. 
 
 2Clte ©eroofynfyeitem legen ftdj 
 
 md)t leid)t ab. 
 Arbeit madjt unS fro^e Sage, 
 
 Srdgtyett nrirb un3 felbft jur 
 
 spiage. 
 2Crmutf) fdjdnbct nidjt, aber 
 
 Sfyorfyett unb Sajler. 
 2Cud> tie (Sonne tjr nidjt ofyne 
 
 glecfen. 
 SSofe ©efctlfdbaften serberben 
 
 gute ©trten. 
 IBeffer fpat al§ gar ntdjt. 
 SBeffer arm mtr <Si)re< alS retd) 
 
 nut <Stf)anbe. 
 
 £)er ift fd)6ri/ bet fd)6n fyanbelt. 
 
 £eute rottj, morgen tobt. 
 
 SDu magft tt>ot)l fd)6n unb t>ors 
 
 nefym fein 5 bod) bilbe bit 
 
 barauf md)t§ etn. 
 £)urd) tt)ieberl)olte (Streid)e 
 
 fdtlt bte gvofjte (Sidje. 
 £>er $ord)er an bcr SBanb fyort 
 
 fcinc eigene ©djanb'. 
 2)a$ 2Cngeftd^t oerratt) bte SEfyat. 
 
 £)er Jtrug gefyt fo lange §um 
 SBrunnen big er bridfjt. 
 
 Old habits are not easily left 
 off. 
 
 Labour is a source of plea- 
 sure, idleness of pain. 
 
 Poverty is not a disgrace, 
 
 but vice and folly are. 
 Every man has his faults. 
 
 Evil communication corrupts 
 good manners. 
 
 Better late than never. 
 
 Honourable poverty is pre- 
 ferable to wealth with in- 
 famy. 
 
 Handsome is that handsome 
 does. 
 
 To-day red, to-morrow dead. 
 
 Spoil not beauty's honour 
 with conceit. 
 
 Repeated strokes fell the 
 
 greatest oaks. 
 Listeners hear no good of 
 
 themselves. 
 A guilty conscience needs no 
 
 accuser. 
 The pitcher that goes often 
 
 to the well returns broken 
 
 at last. 
 
120 
 
 SBtr ftnb bafytnter gefommen. 
 (Sine ©djroal&e mad)t fetnen 
 
 (Sommer. 
 gaulfein gletcfyt tern Sffojic/ eg 
 
 Derjefyrt mefyt alS 2Crbett. 
 griebe ernafyrt/ Unfrtebe wrjefyrt. 
 
 grifd) gewagt ift fyalb gettxmnen. 
 
 ©ewofynfyett tjt Me gtoeitc SKatur. 
 Sugenb ift tie §ett ber greube. 
 
 Sung geroofynt, alt getfyan. 
 
 jtletne £)iebe fyangt man, bte 
 grofilen laf t man laufen. 
 
 SKorgen, morgen! nur ntcfyt 
 fyeute, fagen immer faule 
 %euU. 
 
 9QfHt ber §cit pfXuc^t man Sffofen. 
 
 9tftancf)er 2Cpfel tjat etne fdbSne 
 (Scfyale unb tnroenbtg ftecBt 
 ein £Burm. 
 
 ?Rtd)t§ ttriffen ift feme (gcfyanbe/ 
 aber md)t lernen tt>ollen. 
 
 SRoty brid)t ©fen. 
 
 9larf) tern EKegen fdbeint tie 
 
 ©onne. 
 yiifyt Bteitftftyxm/ fonbern 3ufrte* 
 
 benfyeit madfot bie SO^enfci)en 
 
 glucflid). 
 SRom ift in einem Sage nicfyt 
 
 gebauet roorben. 
 
 We are in the secret. 
 
 One swallow does not make 
 
 a summer. 
 Idleness, like rust, is more 
 
 destructive than labour. 
 In peace we bloom, in dis- 
 cord consume. 
 Freely ventured, quickly 
 
 won. 
 Custom is a second nature. 
 Youth is the season for 
 
 pleasure. 
 What we are accustomed to 
 
 in youth we do in old age. 
 Little thieves are hanged, 
 
 but great ones are allowed 
 
 to escape. 
 Do not put off till to-morrow 
 
 what you can do to-day. 
 
 Be patient, and in time you 
 
 will succeed. 
 A fair outside may treachery 
 
 hide. 
 
 To be ignorant is a misfor- 
 tune, to be unwilling to 
 learn a disgrace. 
 
 Necessity has no law. 
 
 After a storm comes a calm. 
 
 It is not wealth, but content, 
 that makes men happy. 
 
 Rome was not built in a day. 
 
121 
 
 SBerfpredpn unb batten frc^r fetn 
 an Sung unb liltcn. 
 
 SSSem ntd)t §u ratten i|r, tern ijl 
 
 aud) ntd^r gu ^eifen. 
 I85er ntemais benft, nrirb memalS 
 
 tueife merben. 
 SSer nidjt fybxeuwift, mv$ fut)len. 
 
 2Ber Unglutf gefoftet Far, roeijj 
 one e§ etnem anbern fdjmecft. 
 
 SQSo nid)t§ i\t f ba fyat ter Jtatfer 
 
 fetn SRedit »erloren. 
 2Ber roenfj fyat, fann roenig 
 
 miffen. 
 2Ber anbern etne ©rube qxabt, 
 
 fdllt enbltd) fclbji baretn. 
 
 23er ftd) in ©efatjr begibt, fommt 
 
 teid)t urn. 
 2£er letdjt giaubt, nrirb feid)t 
 
 betrogen. 
 Sffiag man gern tfcut, nrirb einem 
 
 letd}t. 
 2BaS betne£ 2Cmt€ md;t if:, ba 
 
 (af beinen SJovtpt^. 
 gBtffcnfdjafi t)err[ri): tmmer fiber 
 
 Unnriffen$tit. 
 
 3ett/ ©bbe unb glut§ marten auf 
 
 Sfttemanb. 
 Sdjl&fler in tie Suft bauen. 
 3d) fann ntdjts bafur. 
 ©ebe rait tie <£d)ulb merit. 
 
 3d) bin md)t Sdjulb baran. 
 
 it behoves both young and 
 old to perform what they 
 promise. 
 
 He who will not be advised, 
 cannot be helped. 
 
 He who never thinks, will- 
 never be wise. 
 
 He who will not hear, must 
 feel. 
 
 Misfortune teaches compas- 
 sion. 
 
 Where there is nothing, the 
 king loses his right. 
 
 He who has but little, has 
 little to lose. 
 
 Whoever digs a pit for an- 
 other, ultimately falls into 
 it himself. 
 
 He who runs into danger, 
 soon perishes. 
 
 The credulous are easily de- 
 ceived. 
 
 Where there is a will there 
 is a way. 
 
 Do not trouble yourself with 
 other people's business. 
 
 Knowledge will always have 
 the ascendancy over ig- 
 norance. 
 
 Time and tide wait for no 
 man. 
 
 To build castles in the air. 
 
 I cannot help it. 
 
 Do not impute the blame to 
 me. 
 
 I am not to blame for it. 
 
 M 
 
122 
 
 (§r erjatyt etrcag (Sinfalttgeg. 
 
 £>teg gel)6rt ntd)t tytefyer. 
 
 3d) fann eg nid)t anbern. 
 
 Sr fyut few 2Sefte6. 
 
 @te ftellen etne genaue Untctfu- 
 
 cfyung an. 
 <5r $at eg nidjt gern getfyan. 
 
 <5r lagt fid) 20leg gefallen. 
 34 laffe eg barauf anfommen. 
 
 He tells stories without either 
 
 head or tail. 
 That has nothing to do with 
 
 it. 
 1 can do nothing in that 
 
 affair. 
 He does all he can. 
 They are making a strict 
 
 enquiry. 
 He did not do it intention- 
 
 ally. 
 He submits to every thing. 
 I am prepared for the worst. 
 9tid)t nriffen, rcie man ftdj bet Not to know how to set 
 etroag §u serfyatten §at, uric about a thing, 
 
 man eg anfangen foil. 
 @g fref)t Sfynen fret. 
 
 £)ag tft mir gu l)od). 
 
 Ste follen eg empfinben. 
 
 @g fdjmecft ntdhtg um)erfu<$t. 
 
 £)tefeg portrait tft gut getroffen. 
 
 @g elelt mir bat>or. 
 
 28ie lange foil id) nod) marten ? 
 ©te I6nncn nod) lange marten. 
 
 3d) oerbenfe e§ tfym nid;t. 
 
 3d) serbenfe eg 3*)nen f^r. 
 
 (fg foil barauf md)t anfommen. 
 
 You are at liberty to do as 
 you please. 
 
 That is above my compre- 
 hension. 
 
 You will not escape with 
 impunity. 
 
 To judge of that, one must 
 have experienced it. 
 
 This portrait is a good like- 
 ness. 
 
 I am disgusted with it. 
 
 How long am I to wait ? 
 
 You have a long time to 
 wait yet. 
 
 I do not blame him alone for 
 it. 
 
 I think you are very much 
 to be blamed for it. 
 
 Do not let that be an ob- 
 stacle. 
 
123 
 
 Wan fyat tyn in ben 2Cpril ge= 
 fdjtcft. 
 
 6t tturb e£ ntdjt babet bewenbcn 
 
 laffen, 
 (53 gefyt t£)m alleS nad) Sffiunfd). 
 
 @elei)rten tft gut prebtgen. 
 £aS [aft fd)6n. 
 £>aS SSlatt t)at fid) gercenbet. 
 (Sr tft 5U allem §u gebraucfyen. 
 £)tefe £nopfe fd)tc!en ftdj nid)t 
 
 in btefem ^leibe. 
 £)a§ jtefyt 36nen fefyt fd)6n. 
 ©te tfyaten alleS/ mas fie tfym an 
 
 ben 2Cugen anfe^en fonnten. 
 @r tft md)t fo fd)iimm a(6 ec 
 
 auSjtefjt. 
 grcunbfdjaft $in# greunbfdjaft 
 
 let* 
 <5tn ©djelm/ ber eg bofe meint. 
 
 Sajfen (Sie fid) ha$ eine ^ffiar^ 
 
 nung fetn. 
 2)te <Sad;e ift ntcfyt §u ^tanbe 
 
 gefommen. 
 OTeS bletbt betm 2Uten. 
 
 @r nrirb eS Kwtyt bletben laffen. 
 Seber fjat fetn (Stecfenpferb. 
 
 (53 tft mtr. fairer angefcmmen. 
 
 £)te ^ad)e ge^t mid) an. 
 
 33) laffe mtr baS nic^t auSreben. 
 
 They have made an April 
 
 fool of him. 
 He will not stick at that. 
 
 He succeeds in every thing 
 
 he undertakes. 
 A word to the wise. 
 That is pretty to look upon. 
 The case is altered. 
 He is fit for anything. 
 These buttons are not fit for 
 
 this coat. 
 You look very well in that. 
 They anticipated his wishes. 
 
 He is not so bad as he ap- 
 pears to be. 
 
 Friendship has nothing to 
 do with it. 
 
 Evil be to him that evil 
 thinks. 
 
 Be more upon your guard in 
 future. 
 
 The undertaking has not 
 succeeded. 
 
 Every thing remains as it 
 was. 
 
 He will not interfere with it. 
 
 Every one has his hobby- 
 horse. 
 
 It was very difficult for me 
 to make up my mind to it. 
 
 I am interested in the busi- 
 ness. 
 
 I shall not change my opi- 
 nion. 
 
124 
 
 Sine <£t)rc ijl ter antern roevtt). 
 
 93tad)en ©ie eg fid) bequem. 
 3d) trage fein SBebenfen eg §u 
 
 tfyun. 
 ?Cftan farm e§ gar mdtf befdjretben. 
 3d) roetjj nid)t, roag it)n ba^u be? 
 
 toegt. 
 (Sr t)at miti) betogen. 
 3d) fann tfym ba$ md)t aug bem 
 
 Jtopfe bringen. 
 ©ie t>t t$n urn alleg gebrad)t. 
 SOfcan §at nid)t§ auf i^)n bringen 
 
 fonnen. 
 
 3d) bin babet gercefen. 
 GrS liegt mir niditg baran. 
 (Sr fann au§ (Srfafyrung fpred)en. 
 ©ie ijat ifyn fal[d)lid) angegeben, 
 3d) i)abe mir eg feft oorgencm? 
 
 men. 
 Sftan mufj eg nid)t (o genau 
 
 nefymen. 
 (Sr gibt auf alleg fefyr genau lidjt. 
 
 $£iv troUen bacon abbredjen. 
 
 3d) fann mid) mit ttym nidjt rer- 
 
 tragen. 
 £$ergnugt fein gefyt uber 3fteict> 
 
 tt)um. 
 Sie fyaben eg ein menig §u grob 
 
 gemad)t. 
 ($r l)at eg fefyr gut bei feinem 
 
 #errn. 
 <Sie tyat eg beffer aU tt)re 
 
 (Sd)n;ejtern. 
 
 One good turn deserves 
 
 another. 
 Make yourself comfortable. 
 I am willing to do it. 
 
 It beggars all description. 
 I do not know what is his 
 
 motive for it. 
 He has deceived me. 
 I cannot persuade him to 
 
 the contrary. 
 She has ruined him. 
 They have not been able to 
 
 bring any charge against 
 
 him. 
 I was present at the time. 
 I have no interest in it. 
 He is a man of experience. 
 She has accused him falsely. 
 I have seriously made up my 
 
 mind to do it. 
 We must not. examine it so 
 
 closely. 
 He allows nothing to pass 
 
 unobserved. 
 Let us talk about something 
 
 else. 
 i cannot bear him. 
 
 Contentment is better than 
 
 wealth. 
 That is above a joke. 
 
 He is well treated by his 
 master. 
 
 She is in better circum- 
 stances than her sisters. 
 
125 
 
 3ttan mug eg nidjtfo roett Commen 
 
 laffen. 
 2Ba§ fatten Sie baoon ? 
 #ug ten 2Cugen/ aug tern Sinn. 
 @g ijl mix baran gelegen. 
 (5r mifd)t fid) fe^r in frcmbe 
 
 §dnbel. 
 (St lann ntd)t mugtg gefyen. 
 SQStc roar 3fynen ju SKut^e ? 
 3d) n?eip rote etnem in bergteid)en 
 
 gdlten su SJtutye ijl, 
 Sftdjttge Sftecfynung erfydlt gute 
 
 greunbe. 
 9tun ftnb rote etnanber nicfytg 
 
 me^r fcftuibtg. 
 2B : .r roollen baruber fdjtafen. 
 6te f)aben mtr bag jum spoflfen 
 
 geifyan. 
 (Jin rdubtgeg ©cfcaf fiecft tie 
 
 gar^e #eerbe an. 
 <5r fauft wit ein SSurftenbtnber. 
 £>et SEBolf fript aud) tie ge§d^ 
 
 ten @d)afe. 
 3Bo Sauben ftnb/ fltegen Sauben 
 
 &u. 
 (Sin ieber ijl #err in fetnem 
 
 |»aufe; 
 £)ag £emb ift mk nd^er alg ber 
 
 9tocf. 
 @te fyat ifcm ben (Sdjiuffet auf 
 
 bag ©cab gelegt. 
 (§g ift unmoglid)/ bag Sic bag 
 
 tt)un fonnen. 
 ©title fSSaffer grimben tief. 
 SBSciwi er bog ift/ fo mag ec 
 
 rcueber gut werben. 
 
 We must not allow it to go 
 on to such a length. 
 
 What is your opinion of it ? 
 
 Out of sight, out of mind. 
 
 I am not indifferent to it. 
 
 He meddles with other peo- 
 ple's business. 
 
 He must be doing something. 
 
 How did you feel ? 
 
 I know what it is to be so 
 situated. 
 
 Short reckonings make long 
 friends. 
 
 Now we are quits. 
 
 Advise with your pillow. 
 You have played me a trick 
 
 One bad sheep spoils the 
 whole flock. 
 
 He drinks like a fish. 
 
 Do not reckon your chickens 
 before they are hatched. 
 
 Birds of a feather flock to- 
 gether. 
 
 Every one may do as he 
 likes in his own house. 
 
 Charity begins at home. 
 
 His widow has renounced 
 
 the succession. 
 If you do it I will give you 
 
 a white crow. 
 Smooth water runs deep. 
 If he be vexed, let him 
 
 please himself again. 
 m 3 
 
126 
 
 3d) M)roa£e me aug bee ©durte. I never tell tales out of 
 
 school. 
 Dtefe SRofen fyaben fdwn oerbfityt. These roses are faded. 
 £>te 9to(e ift ba6 (Sinnbilb ber The rose is the emblem of 
 
 ®#5nbeit. beauty. 
 
 3fom t|t ntdjt in etnem Sage ge= Rome was not built in a day. 
 
 bauet worben. 
 ®S lann md)t aileS g(etd) jetn in There must be different 
 
 ber §Q3clr. classes of society. 
 
 2BaS er ftd) etnmal in ben £opf When he has once made up 
 
 gefefci £at, babet bleibt ec« his mind, he never alters 
 
 it. 
 £er 2Binb brefc)t ftd) oon Morten The wind is shifting from 
 
 nad) 3£ejten. the north to the west. 
 
 Dtefer |>ut ftetyt 3fynen gut. This hat fits you well. 
 
 Bk fommen mir Ijeute fo ernfU You look very grave to-day. 
 
 fyaft oor. 
 ©te uberlegen ntd)t n?aS ©tc You do not know what you 
 
 fagen. are saying. 
 
 Stofprecfyen unb fatten tft jweu It is one thing to promise 
 
 erlet. and another to perform. 
 
 2Cuf etne bumme gvage get)6vt A foolish question requires 
 
 letne 2Cntn>ort. no answer. 
 
 3d) m5d)tebtefeS 23ud) gernlefen. I should like to read this 
 
 book. 
 3d) wxbt ©ie ffftotgen befudjen. I will call upon you to- 
 morrow. 
 3d) t)abe mir em gebermeffcr I have bought a penknife. 
 
 gefauft. 
 3d) nefyme mir bie grcit)ett an I take the liberty of writing 
 
 @te &u fd)retben. to you. 
 
 SBStt wetben unS ba£ Sergnugen We will do ourselves the 
 
 mad)en. pleasure. 
 
 3d) wrfte^e nid)t wa§ ©ie reben. I do not understand what 
 
 you say. 
 KBai fe^lt Sfynen/ lieber greunb ? What do you want, my good 
 
 fellow ? 
 
127 
 
 (5$ roirb @ie befcemben e§ &u 
 
 fyoren. 
 3d) bttte @te urn 3&* geber* 
 
 meffer. 
 (Si* btttet mid) urn etne ©efatltg* 
 
 felt. 
 (gr btttet urn tie (Srlaubntf? 
 
 nad) #aufe gu gefyen. 
 34 banfe Sfynen ffe: 3^e ©ute. 
 
 3d) bin ad)t Sage md)t au§ge s 
 
 gangen. 
 ©te ftnb sot bret Sagen ctbge? 
 
 reift. 
 £)iefe£ &inb fann lefen unb 
 
 fcfyretben ; taffen ©ie e£ etns 
 
 mat lefen. 
 Saffen ©ie e3 herein fommen. 
 Saffen ©ie fetnen SSruber fyolen. 
 3d) bin mtt tfym gufriebert/ unb 
 
 aud) mtt 3fynen, 
 3d) fomme gtetd). 
 
 3d) fomme gteid) trteber. 
 
 3d) mitt nur eine S3tertetftunbe 
 
 auSbleiben. 
 fOBir werben ein Ungenntter unb 
 
 SKegen belommen. 
 ©tnb mete franjbfifdje Sefyrer in 
 
 ber ©tabt? 
 
 2Bo tjaben ©te biefen #erw 
 fennen geternt ? 
 
 2)a§ fage id) nid)t. 
 
 £)aS tt;ut mein SSruber nidjt. 
 
 You will be surprised to hear 
 
 it. 
 Pray lend me your penknife. 
 
 He asks me to do him a 
 favour. 
 
 He asks for permission to 
 go home. 
 
 I thank you for your kind- 
 ness. 
 
 It is a week since I went 
 out. 
 
 They took their departure 
 three days ago. 
 
 This child can read and 
 write ; hear him read. 
 
 Tell him to come in. 
 
 Send for his brother. 
 
 I am pleased with him, and 
 with you likewise. 
 
 I will be with you imme- 
 diately. 
 
 I am coming back directly. 
 
 I shall not be away more 
 than a quarter of an hour. 
 
 We shall have a storm. 
 
 Are there many teachers of 
 the French language in 
 this town ? 
 
 Where did you become ac- 
 quainted with that gen- 
 tleman ? 
 
 I shall keep that a secret. 
 
 My brother will not do that. 
 
128 
 
 £)a§ macf)t ber SGBcin. 
 
 3d) lomme son metnem Dfyetm. 
 
 £abzn £te tte ©tite, unb !om= 
 
 men @te mit mtr. 
 ^etn 6>te fo gtutg unb fagen <5ie 
 
 mtr. 
 3d) roerbe mtr tie (Sfyxe geben 
 
 gte 5U begletten. 
 3d) nrill 3fynen ntdjt befytoet* 
 
 ltd) fallen. 
 3d) ^abt ben (Sdjnupfen. 
 §Bo !;aben BU biefcn Sdjnupfen 
 
 befommen? 
 
 That is the effect of the wine. 
 My uncle has sent me. 
 Have the goodness to come 
 
 with me. 
 Be so kind as to tell me. 
 
 I will do myself the honour 
 
 to accompany you. 
 I will not interrupt you. 
 
 I have a cold. 
 
 Where have you got that 
 cold ? 
 
 g* if: ein foltfcer SOtonn. 
 <5r rotbmet jtd) sordid) bem 
 (Sommif|tenH?anbel. 
 
 (Sr fyat al£ ©eljulfc in ben ange^ 
 
 fe^cnften £anb!ungS=£aufetn 
 
 gearbettet. 
 dr ijat (cine eigenen d5efd;dfte 
 
 angefangen. 
 G£r tft etn Gompagnon beg £rn. 
 
 9fo unb ifl mit feti.er SSer^ 
 
 bintung gufrieben. 
 dx tjr etn gefd)trorner leafier, 
 ©ic fonnen fid) auf tie ga^lung 
 
 oerlajjen. 
 3d) roerbe 8ie gur. £ec!ung 
 
 metner tm ndiften SOlonat 
 
 fallig rperbenben 23erpfltdnun= 
 
 gen mit guten SRimeffen auf 
 
 Hamburg rcrfe^en. 
 
 He is a man of good account. 
 
 He confines himself espe- 
 cially to the commission 
 line. 
 
 He has served as clerk in 
 the most eminent com- 
 mercial houses. 
 
 He has set up for himself. 
 
 He is a partner of Mr. N., 
 and he is satisfied with 
 his partnership. 
 
 He is a sworn broker. 
 
 You may rely on the pay- 
 ment. 
 
 I will provide you with good 
 remittan ces on Hamburgh, 
 to cover my engagement 
 becoming due in the course 
 of next month. 
 
129 
 
 Unfere ©peculation nacb Xmerifa 
 ift gut auSgefalten. 
 
 3d) ^abe leinen SBcrtfjeit ccn 
 liefer Unternefymung ge^abt, 
 intern ber 9Jiar!t mit biefem 
 2Crtifel uberfutyrt war. 
 
 Sfyre Sratten finb getydrig etn= 
 geloft rcorben. 
 
 22a6 fur ein ©eirinn roirb babet 
 fein ? 
 
 22eld)er ©enMnn rcirb babei 
 tyeraugf ommcn ? 
 
 3&t §Skrt$e§t>om 7. b. ift ric^tig 
 eingegangen. 
 
 3i)re gefcfyafcten 3eiten torn 15. 
 D. SCR. finb unS erft t)eute §u= 
 gefommen. 
 
 3§r 2Sertr;e3 com 18. 3ulp ift 
 mit tester $>ojr eingegangen. 
 
 2Btr benu^en tiefe ©elegen^eit 
 nacl) 2Cmerila/ burd) ben ©apU 
 tain ©rat)/ ©ie ju benad^ri^ 
 tigen/ baf$ tt>ir nod) fonwafc 
 renb o\)m irgenb eine 2CnttDort 
 rutfftcbtltd) beS betrufjten ©e= 
 fd>afts finb. 
 
 3$r letter SBrief an mid) ift irre 
 gelaufen. 
 
 Sie finb fur auggelegteg SSrtef- 
 porto mit 5Z. 45. 6c?. belafret 
 tr-orben. 
 
 3£rem 2£uftrage ^ufoige nmrben 
 wit leinen ^ugenbucf gefaumt 
 fyaben Sfyve SSefteltung au?5u= 
 fu^ren/ aber §u ben un£ ge= 
 marten SSegran^ungen war 
 
 Our speculation for America 
 has turned to account. 
 
 I have reaped no profit from 
 this undertaking, the 
 market having been over- 
 stocked with this article. 
 
 Your drafts have been duly 
 discharged. 
 
 What profit will accrue 
 thereby ? 
 
 What gain will arise there- 
 from ? 
 
 Your favour of the 7th inst. 
 came duly to hand. 
 
 Your esteemed lines of the 
 loth ult. have but reached 
 us to-day. 
 
 Your kind letter of the 18th 
 July C3me by last post. 
 
 We embrace this opportu- 
 nity for America, by Cap- 
 tain John Gray, to advise 
 you that we are still with- 
 out any answer concern- 
 ing the business in ques- 
 tion. 
 
 Your last letter to me has 
 miscarried. 
 
 You are debited for the 
 postage I paid, with 
 51. 4s. 6d. 
 
 Pursuant to vour order, we 
 should not have lost a 
 moment in executing your 
 commission, but, at the 
 limits given us, it was not 
 
130 
 
 eg md)t mogltd), tfyren SSefefyl 
 
 auSjufufjrem 
 Set) bebarf einer gregen (Summe 
 
 @eibe$. 3d) bin in SRoty 
 
 urn (Safja. 
 £>ie ^retfe ftnb in baarem @elbe 
 
 nottrt, 
 Scf) bin sum Curator ber ?0^a(fe 
 
 erwafylt roorben. 
 @r f)at in biefem gallifiement 
 
 eine SSotlmadjt on ben £errn 
 
 S3, gefanbt. 
 (§r Ijat fid) $u frarl in SBSed&fefe 
 
 retteret etngeiafjen. 
 sDer Simbenb roirb ffinf <5d)tfs 
 
 linge fiir ba$ $Pfunb few* or, 
 
 er fyat funf (Scfyttfinge im 
 
 spfunbe geiaffen. 
 SSetber te^ten SSerfammlung ber 
 
 ©tdubtger be^telt i<$ mir 
 
 meine 2Cnfprucbe oor/ wenn 
 
 ber gall.it roteber in beffere 
 
 Umjidnbc lommt. 
 <£r war tic (Stn^tge, ber bm 
 
 sorgefefytagenen 23ergleid) nidjt 
 
 etngtng. 
 3d) r;abe fetne S5ud)er unter* 
 
 fud)t/ urn 5U erfar;ren/ ttrie 
 
 (eine <Sad)en ftefjen. 
 3d) roerbe genotfyigt fetn ; (Sie 
 
 roegen jroet 28ed)fel §u belan= 
 
 gen. 
 ©panifdje ££otfe lann je£t jolU 
 
 fret etngefufyrt roerben. 
 Setn £rebit roar aufs fyocfyjle 
 
 gejftegem 
 
 possible to effect your 
 order. 
 
 I have occasion for a great 
 sum of money. I am 
 distressed for cash. 
 
 The prices are quoted in 
 ready cash. 
 
 I have been chosen an as- 
 signee. 
 
 He has sent a power of at- 
 torney in this failure to 
 Mr. B. 
 
 He has given too much into 
 drawing and redrawing. 
 
 The dividend will be five 
 shillings in the pound, 
 or, he has left five shillings 
 in the pound. 
 
 At the last meeting of cre- 
 ditors, I reserved a future 
 claim, in case the bankrupt 
 again proves successful in 
 business. 
 
 He was the only one who did 
 not consent to the agree- 
 ment proposed. 
 
 I have examined his books, 
 to find out how matters 
 stand with him. 
 
 I shall be obliged to bring an 
 action against you about 
 two bills. 
 
 Spanish wool may now be 
 imported duty free. 
 
 His credit had risen to the 
 utmost. 
 
131 
 
 £5er28etn mug abge^ogen werben. 
 (gr gtng auS, urn etroa§ (Mb 
 
 auf^utretben. 
 £)te ?>retfe beg £orn§ ftetjen fyodj. 
 £>te spretfe finb geftiegen. 
 (Sr lommr empor. 
 £)a$ ©tranbredjt tjife^r ftrenge. 
 
 ©te mujfen fid) auf bte SSe^afytung 
 
 etneS sftadjfdjutfeS gefa^t 
 
 madjen. 
 3d) empfange 3fyre ^Briefe D'ebet 
 
 uber £)jfenfce, al§ uber #ol* 
 
 lanb. 
 £)aS ©d)tff ift an ber Sftunbung 
 
 beS glujfci gefrranbet. 
 (Sin grofkr S£§eit ber ©uter ift 
 
 burd) Seudjterfafyrjeuge gebor- 
 
 gen roorben. 
 2)a£ ©cfytff ift ttneber fXott ge~ 
 
 mad)t trorben. 
 ©te finb burd) bie SSerftdjerung 
 
 gebecft. 
 £)ie£3erfid)erer finb nid)toerpfItd]= 
 
 tet, oorS5eenbtgung ber ©treits 
 
 fadje 5U bejafylen. 
 3d) oerliere bet btefem Unfalle. 
 £)ie SSerftd^erer bejafyften ben 23er= 
 
 fid)erten 30 p(5t. auf #bfd)lag. 
 
 £)a§ ©d)iff Ud)tete bie tfnfer 
 unb ging mtt einem gunjftgen 
 fJBtnbe unter ©egel. 
 
 £)er (Sapitatn war burd) nribrige 
 SBinbe genotfytgt, in 23reft eins 
 gutaufen unb 2Cn!er§un?erfen. 
 
 The wine must be racked. 
 He went out to raise some 
 
 money. 
 Corn is very dear. 
 Prices have risen. 
 He is making his fortune. 
 The laws of shipwreck are 
 
 very rigorous. 
 You may prepare yourself to 
 
 pay some arrears. 
 
 I like to receive your letters 
 via Ostend, rather than 
 by way of Holland. 
 
 The ship stranded at the 
 mouth of the river. 
 
 Great part of the goods has 
 been saved by lighters. 
 
 The ship has again been set 
 
 afloat. 
 The insurance covers you. 
 
 The insurers are not bound 
 to pay the money before 
 the suit is ended. 
 
 I lose by that mishap. 
 
 The underwriters paid 30 per 
 cent, before hand to the 
 insured. 
 
 The ship weighed anchor, 
 and set sail with a fair 
 wind. 
 
 The captain was forced by 
 adverse (or contrary) 
 winds to put into Brest 
 and to cast anchor. 
 
132 
 
 <Sin£rieg§fd)tff bradjte $roet reid) 
 
 belabene $auffa£)rtetfd)tffe auf. 
 £)te ^eerdubet (or tie itaper) 
 
 beunrufytgen tie jtujlc, unb tie 
 
 S$erftd)erung§=93ramie tjl fefyr 
 
 t)od). 
 Sic £aoatie iji nod) md)t aufc 
 
 gemad)t. 
 @S ijl tin ftarfeS/ btd)te§ unb 
 
 tt?ot)lgebautc€ Sd)tff, unb com 
 
 £errn Sft. auf (Stjactepartte 
 
 befrad)tet. 
 6r biente aiS ©djtffgjtmmcrmann 
 
 auf ben SDSerften t>on (Snglanb. 
 (Sr rujlet jwei ©djiffc aus. 
 3d) oerlange cine (Sntfdj&fetgung 
 
 oon tfym, tnbem ic^ bafur ocr^ 
 
 antmortltd) bin. 
 28et£en tjl urn 200 £f)tr. §u 
 
 fyaben. 
 2Bed)fel auf spans ftnb al pari 
 
 md)t gu fyaben. 
 Snbtgo ijl fetyr begefyrt. 
 3d) be$tefye mid) auf meinen 
 
 le£ten 33rief. 
 £te ^Preife jletgen ftyr* unb 
 
 ircrbcn ftd) alter SBatnrfdjein* 
 
 ltdjfett nad) fatten. 
 @S ijl roentg Seben auf unfcrm 
 
 $pta§e. 
 Sic Sfyran^retfe fatten ftd). 
 @S fyat ftd) cine gute 9tad)frage 
 
 fur SGSolle ctngejlellt. 
 3n btefem TCugenblicf !am tie 
 
 (Snctftfd)e gpoft &ur. @tabt. 
 <5r t)at etnen RNr$afte»Scfftf 
 
 gegen tfyn bewtrlt. 
 
 A man of war captured two 
 merchantmen richly laden. 
 
 The pirates (or, the priva- 
 teers) infest the coast, and 
 the premium of insurance 
 is very high. 
 
 The av ^rage is not yet set- 
 tled. 
 
 It is a strong, staunch, and 
 well built vessel, and char- 
 tered by Mr. N. 
 
 He served as a shipwright in 
 the dockyards of England. 
 
 He is fitting out two ships. 
 
 I demand an indemnity of 
 him, being answerable for 
 it. 
 
 Wheat sells at 200 dollars. 
 
 Bills on Paris are not to be 
 
 had at par. 
 There is a great call for indigo. 
 I crave your reference to my 
 
 last letter. 
 The prices run very high, 
 
 and in all likelihood will 
 
 be supported. 
 There is little stir in our 
 
 market. 
 Train-oil keeps up. 
 Wool has been much in de- 
 mand. 
 The English mail reached 
 
 town this moment. 
 He has got a writ against 
 
 him. 
 
137 
 
 £)te ®uter finb tern gufyvmann 
 
 auSgeliefert worben. 
 3otlangabe tx)irb btejemge £)e^ 
 Iteration genannt, roorin tie 
 etngefufyrten ©titer fpectfictrt 
 angegeben finb. 
 
 JDte Unloften ouf ben ge^ogenen 
 
 unb proteftirten 2Bcd)fel be= 
 
 foufen fid) auf SCR!.— 
 SDGcm tyat etne grofe fERenge 
 
 $rapp au6geful)rt. 
 3$ fenne fetne SkrmogenSums 
 
 ftdnbe. 
 3&r 2Sed)fel tjl Sffiangel^n* 
 
 nafyme protefttrt roorben. 
 £)er 2Sed)fel tft son etnem unbe? 
 
 fannten £au(e ge§ogen, aber 
 
 Don ben erften 33anfter$ tn^ 
 
 boffirt. 
 2)te S3er!auf6sSRed)nung ijl oor= 
 
 tyettyaft. 
 3<3) bitte (Sie ben SSetrag in 
 
 JSolomaUBaaren anjulegen/ 
 
 benn bte ^pcetfe roerben ofyne 
 
 Sroetfel ftetgen. 
 Sebermann an unferer 836rfe war 
 
 ber SKetnung, baf* bte spreife 
 
 btefcr 2Baare niebrtger ge^en 
 
 rcurben. 
 <Set)r grofe 2Cn!aufe ftnb in 
 
 3taffee gemad)t roorben. 
 ©te burfen ntdjt befuccfytem baj? 
 
 bie spretfe fallen trerben. 
 
 £)a§ ftetgen ber ^vetfe §u £am~ 
 
 The goods have been de- 
 livered to the carrier. 
 
 Entry at the custom-house 
 is called that declaration, 
 wherein the goods which 
 have been imported, are 
 specified. 
 
 The account of charges on 
 the protested bill amounts 
 to marks — . 
 
 There is exported a great 
 quantity of madder. 
 
 I am acquainted with the 
 state of his affairs. 
 
 Your bill has been protested 
 for want of acceptance. 
 
 The bill is drawn by an un- 
 known house, but indorsed 
 by the first bankers. 
 
 The account-sales are very 
 pleasing (satisfactory). 
 
 I beg you to invest the 
 amount in colonial pro- 
 duce, because the prices 
 will rise beyond doubt. 
 
 Every body at our exchange 
 was of opinion that the 
 prices of this commodity 
 would decline. 
 
 Very large purchases have 
 been made in coffee. 
 
 You need be under no ap- 
 prehension of a decline in 
 prices. 
 
 The rising of the prices at 
 
 N 
 
138 
 
 burg fyat auf unfern 9ftar£t 
 
 (Stnfiuf? gefyabt. 
 Set) roerbe 2Cntl)ett baran nefymen. 
 3d) barf e§ ntcrjt roagen Sfynen 
 
 eine ^ommtffton 511 aeben. 
 Sklieben ©ie unfere Prima §ur 
 
 Skrfugung ber Secunda 511 
 
 fatten. 
 2)er 23elauf ber Ricambio 
 
 (3ftucfr'oed)felred)nung)ijr£ — . 
 £te SBaaren [tub fecr;S SOtonat 
 
 3tel angefe^t, unb roir berml- 
 
 itgen 3fynen 4 p(5t. bci £3aar= 
 
 la^lung. 
 SBMu t)Qben 10.000 SDcf. ^cc. 
 
 auf ©ie abgegeben/ unb rrer^ 
 
 ben ntd)t mfefyleu/ Sfynen bei 
 
 SSerfalljeit 2Cnfd)affungen bo^ 
 
 fur §u mafym. 
 3d) jrebe Jbnen etnen ^rebtt 
 
 son £ — git. 
 SBtr rotbmen un$ bloS tern G>orn^ 
 
 tmfjton§*£anbei. 
 
 St)* £au£ tft unS empfot)(en 
 
 roorben. 
 £)ie Courtage (Sftafletlo^n) ijr 
 
 SBegen metner 2Cu3lagen roerbe 
 td) mid) mtt tern $errn Sft". 
 beredbnen. 
 
 Stjre 2Cnn>ei(ung auf — — ijr 
 etngegangen. 
 
 SKenn 3fyre SCnfdjaffungen gur 
 rcd)ten 3ett bn un§ etnfpredjen, 
 fo rcerben wrir me bxe <3tnIo^ 
 fung il)rer Srattcn serrceigern. 
 
 Hamburgh has affected 
 our market likewise. 
 
 I shall take a share in it. 
 
 I dare not venture to give 
 you a commission. 
 
 Please to hold our first of 
 exchange for the call of the 
 second. 
 
 The amount of re-exchange 
 is £ — . 
 
 The goods are charged at 
 six months' credit, and we 
 grant you 4 per cent, in 
 paying prompt. 
 
 We have valued on you 
 10,000 marks banco, and 
 shall not fail of reimburs- 
 ing you at maturity (or, 
 before they fall due). 
 
 I allow you a running credit 
 so high as £ — . 
 
 We devote (confine) ourselves 
 solely to the commission 
 line. 
 
 Your house has been recom- 
 mended to us. 
 
 The brokerage is £ per cent. 
 
 For the amount of my dis- 
 bursements I shall draw- 
 on Mr. N. 
 
 Your bill on is cashed. 
 
 If your funds reach us in 
 due time, we shall never 
 refuse the acceptance of 
 your drafts. 
 
139 
 
 Sfyre Unternet;mmig roirb fefyr 
 gute SRed)nung geben. 
 
 3d) biete 3fynen meine £)ienfte 
 an. 
 
 £)ie Dftinbifdje gompagnie §at 
 2000 SSallen SSaumwcIle &um 
 SSerfauf auSgefefct. 
 
 £>a$ £au§ con 9£. tyat 3afylung 
 etngejtellt. 
 
 ©te fonnen ftct) barauf cerlaffeti/ 
 bag id) 3fyre Sratten* bti 
 SSorjeigung/ ge^ortg oerefyren 
 roerbe. 
 
 ©te lonnen fid) fur ben SBclauf 
 3^er gafture, unter glettfs 
 settiger ©infenbung be£ Gon^ 
 noifjements §ur Skrficfyerung, 
 auf ben #errn 5ft. in Hamburg 
 erfyolen. 
 
 £>a baS ©(^itf# reeled ©te con 
 2Cmerifa er roar ten* in fdf)lecfy= 
 tern SFtuf bei unfern ^ffecura^ 
 beurs tjt/ fo fyaben rotr letne 
 2Cu€ftd)t/ bie 2Cffecuran$ ^u 
 hem oorgefd)riebenen SpretS 
 511 be [or gen, 
 
 <Sc(d)e SBebtngungen fretjen unS 
 nicr)t an. 
 
 (Sr fyat ein 3Baaren=2ager in 
 ber ^rfort^trafe errid)tet. 
 
 3d) r;abe au3 S^rem Umlaufs* 
 fdjretben bemerft/ bag ©ie 
 fid) conbem $errn 9t. getrermt 
 tyabeti. 
 
 @r treibt feine @ef$&fte mit 
 inelem (Srfolg. 
 
 Your enterprise will turn to 
 
 good account. 
 I tender my services to you. 
 
 The East India Company 
 
 has put up for sale 2000 
 
 bales of cotton, 
 The house of N. has stopped 
 
 payment. 
 You may rely on my duly 
 
 honouring your drafts on 
 
 presentation. 
 
 You may reimburse yourself 
 for the amount of your in- 
 voice on Mr. N. in Ham- 
 burgh, transmitting him at 
 the same time the bill of 
 lading for insurance. 
 
 The ship you expect from 
 America, being in bad re- 
 pute among our under- 
 writers, we have no pros- 
 pect of effecting the in- 
 surance at your limits. 
 
 Such terms do not suit us. 
 
 He has set up a warehouse 
 in Oxford-street. 
 
 I observed by your circular 
 your having dissolved part- 
 nership with Mr. N. 
 
 He carries on business with 
 much success. 
 
140 
 
 3d) bin mtt feinem &aufe 5U= 
 
 frieben/ inbem tie ^Dreife fetts 
 
 bem gejltcgen ftnb. 
 £Me Dualitat con rofyen Sucfern 
 
 jltmrat nid)t mtt ber ^Probe 
 
 uberein. 
 SKofye unb gttK'tbrd^tige (Seibe fyaU 
 
 tm fid) fortbauernb tm preife. 
 3fyre S^imeffe Don £ — ijl ge= 
 
 l)6rt0 neretjrt it?orben. 
 £)er SKud^oll a'uf 3ucfer/ wetter 
 
 au§ ben SSeretntgten ^taaten 
 
 nrieber augQefuijrt rcorben/ ijl 
 
 unbebeutenb. 
 SSeXie&cn <Ste tie Sabung lieber 
 
 uber ; al§ unter bem SKkrtfje 
 
 §u oerftdjern. 
 @r fytelt mid) ^>in wegen bee 
 
 3a I) lung. 
 (Sr. tfyut e§/ urn geit §u gettrin^ 
 
 nen. 
 3t)fe SSollmadjt ifl nid)t in ge^ 
 
 Rodger gorm auSgefeuttgt. 
 3d) ^)abc ifym meine gange S8olU 
 
 mad)t gegeben. 
 ©ie ftnb tie foltbejlen Seute in 
 
 biefem Sanbe. 
 3^e gorberung an mid) ijl nid)t 
 
 metyr at§ 2000 ££)lv. 
 £er #errn 9t. ijl burd) mid) er^ 
 
 macfytigt, SBriefe unb fSSec^fet 
 
 in meinem Xiamen gu jeicfynen. 
 
 I am satisfied with his pur- 
 chase, the prices having 
 since advanced. 
 
 The quality of the raw sugar 
 does not agree with the 
 samples. 
 
 Raw and thrown silk con- 
 tinue pretty steady in price. 
 
 Your remittance of £ — has 
 been honoured. 
 
 The drawback on sugars, re- 
 exported from the United 
 States is trilling. 
 
 Please to insure the cargo 
 rather above than below 
 value. 
 
 He kept me off and on for 
 the payment. 
 
 He does it to gain time. 
 
 Your power of attorney is not 
 
 drawn up in due form. 
 I have invested him with my 
 
 full power. 
 Their character is one of the 
 
 fairest in this country. 
 Your claim upon me is no 
 
 more than 2000 dollars. 
 Mr. N. is empowered by me 
 
 to sign letters and bills in 
 
 my name. 
 
 J. Wertlieimer & Co., Printers, Fmsburj Circus.